Desenho Unitizadora
Desenho Unitizadora
Desenho Unitizadora
OVALMATIC®
®
E9700 UNITYER
OPERATING
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lagoas VCP, Brazil
COVERED BY THE FOLLOWING PATENTS:
These materials, including but not limited to the text, images, layout and other content, are protected by
trade dress, copyright, trademark and other laws relating to intellectual property rights. No portion
or element of these materials may be copied or otherwise reproduced via any means, and these materials
®
and all related rights therein shall remain the exclusive property of Oval International unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing.
© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................1
1.2 SAFETY WARNINGS ......................................................................1
1.3 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS ..............................................1
1.4 MECHANICAL SAFETY.................................................................4
1.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ...................................................................4
1.6 PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY ..................................4
1.7 NOISE LEVEL ..................................................................................5
1.7.1 Measuring Conditions............................................................5
2 INTRODUCTION
2.1 THE E9700 UNITYER® ....................................................................7
2.2 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL .......................................................7
3 OPERATOR INTERFACE
3.1 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS....................................................9
3.2 UNITYER® E-STOP BUTTONS ......................................................9
3.3 MACHINE STATUS LIGHT............................................................9
3.4 HMI (TOUCHSCREEN) ...................................................................10
3.4.1 Interface Areas .......................................................................10
3.5 INTERFACE NAVIGATION ...........................................................11
3.5.1 Header Button Functions .......................................................11
3.5.2 Multiple Screens ....................................................................11
3.5.3 Detail Screens ........................................................................11
3.5.4 Closing Popup Windows........................................................12
3.6 INTERFACE STRUCTURE .............................................................12
3.6.1 Unityer® Main Screen ............................................................13
3.6.1.1 Auto Button..........................................................13
3.6.1.2 Stop Button ..........................................................13
3.6.1.3 Wires Remaining .................................................13
3.6.2 Machine Popup ......................................................................14
3.6.2.1 Feed & Tension....................................................14
3.6.2.1.1 Refeed ......................................................14
3.6.2.2 Tie Wire ...............................................................15
3.6.2.3 Twister Head........................................................15
3.6.2.3.1 Twister Cycle ...........................................15
3.6.2.4 Clear Wire............................................................15
3.6.2.5 Machine State Indicator .......................................16
3.6.3 Machine Detail.......................................................................16
3.6.3.1 Service Screen 1.........................................................16
3.6.3.1.1 Accumulator Wheel .................................17
3.6.3.1.2 Feed & Tension Wheel ............................17
3.6.3.1.3 Twister Head............................................18
3.6.3.1.4 Motor Positions........................................18
3.6.3.2 Service Screens 2 & 3 ................................................19
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................33
4.2 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER ....................................................33
4.3 THREADING THE UNITYER® .......................................................34
4.4 MACHINE RESET............................................................................35
4.5 STARTING HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR ....................................36
4.6 FEEDING ..........................................................................................36
4.7 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ............................................................37
4.8 TWIST KNOT ...................................................................................38
4.9 CONVEYOR OPERATION..............................................................38
4.10 MANUAL TYING CYCLE ..............................................................38
4.11 CLEARING THE MACHINE ...........................................................39
4.12 SIDE COMPACTOR.........................................................................40
4.13 TOP COMPACTOR ..........................................................................40
4.14 TENSIONING ERROR .....................................................................40
4.15 RECIRCULATION VALVE.............................................................41
5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
5.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................46
5.2 WIRE APPLICATION ......................................................................46
5.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ............................................................48
6 ADJUSTMENTS
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ...........................................53
6.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................53
6.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................53
6.2 UNITYER® ADJUSTMENTS ...........................................................54
6.2.1 Removing the Tying Unit From the Compactor Station........54
6.2.2 Feed Stop Switch (FSS) .........................................................56
6.2.3 Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS)....................................57
6.2.4 Twister Closed Switch (TCS) ................................................57
6.2.5 Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) .....................................58
7 MAINTENANCE
7.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ...........................................87
7.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................87
7.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................87
7.2 “LOCK-OUT, TAG-OUT” PROCEDURE .......................................88
7.3 HYDRAULIC UNIT .........................................................................88
7.3.1 Pneumatic and Hydraulic Safety............................................88
7.3.2 Hydraulic Fluid ......................................................................89
7.3.3 Hydraulic Pump .....................................................................89
7.4 LUBRICANTS FOR THE UNITYER® .............................................90
7.4.1 Lubricants for the Wire Oiler.................................................90
7.4.2 Lubricants for the Automatic Twister Oil Pump ...................90
7.4.3 Lubricants for Gearmotors.....................................................90
7.5 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR EACH 8 HOUR SHIFT .........91
7.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WEEKLY .......................................92
7.7 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED MONTHLY ....................................93
7.8 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED QUARTERLY................................94
7.9 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED YEARLY........................................94
7.10 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED PERIODICALLY ...........................95
9 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
9.1 WIRE TENSILE TESTING MACHINE...........................................104
9.2 PUSHER VALVE..............................................................................104
BUTTONS
SWITCHES
RELAYS
VALVES
MOTORS
SOLENOIDS
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free service for
many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully considered to
ensure operator safety, easy operation, and machine longevity. Our engineering and
manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality. As with any
powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of damage or injury if appropriate
precautions are not taken. You must carefully read and fully understand the safety section
and safety precautions in other sections of this manual before installation, operation,
maintenance, or de-installation of the E9700 Unityer®. The safety section details inherent
risks and general safety considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of this
machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in personal injury or equipment
damage. All operating and maintenance personnel must be trained by Oval International® in
the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of this machine.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the E9700 Unityer® indicate situations that
require extra attention during installation, operation and maintenance of the machine.
Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate a potentially hazardous
situation. The different safety symbols are:
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel of these
hazards. The hazard pictograms are:
Automatic Start
Crush Hazard
Entanglement Hazard
Fall Hazard
Push/Pull Hazard
Slip Hazard
Tip Hazard
Trip Hazard
Stay Clear
Be Familiar With The Operator’s Manual And Observe Its Safety Precautions.
Forktruck point
Lift point
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on this machine.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this
machine.
4. Remain clear of the wire path and wire coil when the Unityer® is
energized.
The sound pressure level of the E9700 Unityer® is 85dB(A) during machine operation.
The sound pressure level was measured at the factory using a hand held Sound Level
Meter, Simpson Electric Company Model 885. Sound levels were measured around
the perimeter of the Unityer® and the Hydraulic Power Unit at a distance of 1.0 meter
from the outside surface of the Unityer® components, and at a height of 1.60 meters
from the floor. The Sound Level Meter was set to the dB (A) Weighting Scale, the
Range Switch was set to the 80 dB - 90 dB range, and the Slow Button was actuated.
NO PASS
(DO NOT WALK
THROUGH HERE)
OPERATION
ZONE
DANGER ZONE
FIGURE 1.3
DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES
Figures are included in the text, which illustrate the general arrangement and identify major
components. A more detailed breakdown of the E9700 Unityer® will be found in drawings of
each assembly, including a complete parts list, in the final section of this manual.
HYDRAULIC
UNIT
E9700 TYING
UNIT
LIGHT
STACK
OPERATOR
INTERFACE
POWER
DISCONNECT
SIDE
COMPACTOR
CONTROL
CONVEYOR ENCLOSURE
TWISTER HEAD
SIDE
COMPACTOR
COIL
CARRIER
FIGURE 2.1
E9700 UNITYER
®
3.2 UNITYER E-STOP BUTTONS
The Unityer has four E-Stop buttons: two are located at each end of the Tying Unit and two
are located at each end of the Compactor Station. On the Tying Unit, one E-stop button is on
the operator station (ES1B) while the other is located on the vertical arch post at the opposite
end of the machine (ES2B). On the Compactor Station, one E-stop button is located on the
operator end (ESS1) while the other is located near the hydraulic unit on the opposite end
(ESS2). The E-Stop buttons are part of the control circuit controlling all machine functions
and interface to the bale finishing line control system.
Pressing any one of the E-Stop buttons immediately halts all Tying Unit and Compactor
Station functions and signals the bale line control system to halt all Conveyor functions. The
E-Stop buttons are to be used for emergency situations or to preclude machine operation
during minor maintenance tasks.
The E-Stop buttons are a ‘push-OFF-twist-ON’ type with large red mushroom buttons
mounted over a yellow background. Rotating the E-Stop mushroom button in the indicated
ON direction will enable the start circuit, provided all other switches in the circuit are
enabled. Pressing “RESET” from the Bale Line Control System (when the Tying Unit is not
in-station and the station jumper plug is installed), or the reset button on the HMI (when the
Tying Unit is in-station), will reset the emergency stop condition and restart the machine.
Once the emergency stop has been reset, it will signal the bale line control system to enable
the conveying functions.
A machine status light (also referred to as the light stack – LS) is mounted next to the
electrical enclosure to apprise the operator of the machine state. The following are the states
of the machine that the machine status light indicates:
The HMI is used for displaying pertinent operational information and for inputting system
variables and manually operating the Tying Unit. The HMI has a main overview screen of
the Tying Unit from which the operator can select screens relating to different parts of the
machine. There are also screens that display system status information and alarm messages.
The displayed information includes operator prompts, fault messages and operational
information. The HMI displays text and graphics and has various pop-ups and sub-windows
that are accessed from the main screen. The pop-ups are displayed by pressing on the gray
part of the machine, such as the control panel or the conveyor motor. The sub-windows are
accessed from the pop-ups.
The HMI is divided into three basic areas, ‘A’, ‘B’ & ‘C’, as shown in the figure
below.
This area is always visible regardless of what operation screen is selected. The
corporate logos are displayed in this area, and pressing on it will always return the
user to the main screen.
This area displays the currently selected operation screen. As an operator navigates
through the different operational screens, this area will change to show the
appropriate functions available.
This area displays a single line showing the most recent, or highest priority, event
message.
To use the HMI an understanding is required of how to navigate within the interface.
- Pressing the Oval logo will exit the user to the Windows CE
environment.
When the screen you have open consists of multiple pages, a banner similar to the one
shown below will appear at the top of the screen body.
Pressing the number will change the display to the corresponding screen. The
currently displayed screen is the number with the darker background.
When one of the pop-up screens is open, the button for the detail screens, shown
below, will be located in the lower right of the popup.
Pressing the button will change to the detail screen for the corresponding popup.
When pop-up windows are selected, this type of window will need to be closed by
pressing the “X” button, shown below, which will be located in the upper right corner
of the display.
The Unityer® main screen is the starting point from which the operator can navigate to any of
the functional groups comprising the interface. There are several configuration screens
The Unityer main screen, shown below, provides the operator with access to the three
different operational groups of the equipment – the conveyors, machine control and
compactor station.
The overview screen displays a counter for the total wires tied by the machine since it
was commissioned. There is an “AUTO” button for switching the mode of the Tying
Unit, and a “STOP” button for stopping the machine. The “WIRES REMAINING”
section shows the number of wires to be tied that remain and allows the value to be
adjusted once the machine cycle has began.
The “AUTO” button allows the operator to switch the Tying Unit and
Compactor Station to fully automatic mode. This button will switch the
machine control to automatic mode, provided there are not any conditions that
prevent the equipment from entering this mode.
The “STOP” button allows the operator to stop the Tying Unit and Compactor
Station, and switches the machine to manual mode. This button does not
provide an immediate stop, such as the emergency stop does, but it will stop
the machine once it has completed the current cycle.
The value shown represents the remaining wires that are left to be tied on the
unit in the Compactor Station. The “+” and “-“ buttons allow this value to be
adjusted once the tying cycle has began, should that be necessary. To set the
default value for the number of wires to be tied, refer to the “SYSTEM
SCREEN 1” section in this manual.
The machine popup display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the core machine functions, as well as control over those functions.
This screen allows the operator to manually control the core machine functions. The
buttons are grouped by the part of the machine that they control, or by the function
that they represent.
There is an “AUTO” button on the screen for switching the mode of the machine, and
a “STOP” button for stopping the machine.
These buttons are used to control the feeding and tensioning of the machine.
The operator must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
3.6.2.1.1 REFEED
This button will automatically feed wire until the wire has reached the
feed stop switch located in the twister head. The operator only needs
to press and release the button for the action to occur.
“REFEED”
This button will result in wires being tied by running the machine through a
full cycle. The Tying Unit will apply the configured number of wires around
the bale stack located in the arch. The full cycle consists of tensioning the
wire around the bale, twisting the wire into a knot, and feeding wire so that the
machine is ready for the next wire.
“TIE WIRE”
These buttons are used to control the twister head portion of the machine. The
operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to occur.
“OPEN”
“CLOSE”
This button will cause the twister head to complete a full twist cycle.
The operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to
occur.
“TWISTER CYCLE”
This button will clear the Tying Unit of any wire currently loaded in the
machine. It will clear the wire by first drawing back any wire in the feed tube
and feeding it into the wire ejection tube. The wire loaded on the accumulator,
up to the point where wire is fed into the machine from the coil carrier, will
then be cleared. The operator only needs to press and release the button for
the action to occur.
NOTE: Before using the function, the wire must be cut at the entry to the
machine, and the wire located in the track and twister head must be removed
using the manual controls.
“CLEAR WIRE”
The current state of the machine is shown by these indicators. The box will be
green to indicate a true condition for the corresponding state indicator.
“HOME” – Both the twister head and accumulator wheel have completed their
homing sequences.
“FED” – The wire has been fed into the machine, up to the feed stop switch.
The machine detail display, shown below, provides the operator with access to
advanced controls and system settings. The advanced settings are also accessed from
this screen, but those screens are password protected.
The “SERVICE” button will access the 1st service screen, shown below. This
is one screen of five.
In order to enable these controls, the “SERVE” button must be pressed to set
the machine into service mode. When the operator leaves the service screens,
the service mode is disabled.
NOTE: When in the service mode, each motor in the machine will have the
torque setting set to maximum. Under normal operating conditions, the torque
settings for each motor will default to lower values.
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the accumulator wheel.
The feed direction for this wheel is counter-clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the feed and tension
wheel. The feed direction for this wheel is clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“COORDINATED MOVEMENT”
These buttons are used to control the motion of the twister head. The
forward direction will rotate the twister head cam in the clockwise
direction. The operator must press and hold the button for the action to
occur.
“FORWARD”
“REVERSE”
“FTM PSN” – The position of the feed & tension motor. This is
defined as zero when the end of the wire is at the entry
side of the twister. A negative value indicates it is
between the wire feed tube switch (WFTS) and the entry
of the twister head.
The 2nd and 3rd service screens, shown below, display various machine inputs.
The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the corresponding input.
The 4th and 5th service screens, shown below, displays various machine
outputs. The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the
corresponding output.
The 6th service screen, shown below, displays the status codes from the motor
drives and provides some of the test functions.
“ACM STAT” – The status code for the accumulator motor drive.
“TWM STAT” – The status code for the twister motor drive.
The “SYSTEM” button will access the 1st system screen, shown below. This
is one screen of two.
This screen allows the operator to adjust certain machine settings. Touching
on the current setting will display a box and keyboard to allow the value to be
changed.
OTHER
“SYSTEM” – This button allows the user access to the control panel in Win
CE.
“UPDATE” – This button allows the HMI software to be updated while the
HMI software is being edited. This serves no function during regular operation
of the machine.
“Touch C.” – This will allow the touchscreen to be calibrated for touch
sensitivity.
“EXIT” – This button will exit the HMI software and into the Win CE
environment. Note: By exiting, to restart the HMI will require a machine
restart.
In order for the user to access the screens under the “ADVANCED
SETTINGS” group, a user with the proper authorization level must login.
When the “LOGIN” buttons is pressed, the login window will appear.
By pressing the on the editable area (where the Xs are), a popup will appear to
enter the password. This password is originaly set to 9101 and changeable
after a successful login.
To leave this window after a succesful longin, press the ESC button.
This screen allows the adjustment of various machine parameters that are not
grouped in the other categories.
This screen allows the selection of the number of wires to tie from either the
Unityer® or the Bale line. This can be helpful if the Bale Line has reason to
believe that the Stacks require more wires.
The conveyor popup display, shown below, provides the operator with control over
the conveyor functions.
The “STOP” button will both stop any movement of the conveyors and also switch
the conveyors to manual control mode in the bale line control system.
These buttons are used to manually control the forward and reverse motion of
the machine conveyors. The operator must press and hold the button for the
action to occur.
“FORWARD”
“REVERSE”
The conveyor detail display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the conveyor interlock signals. These interlocks consist of the signals between the
machine control system and the bale line control system.
“MOVE PERMIT” – This signal is sent to the bale finishing line to indicate
that it is safe to operate the conveyors. A machine cycle must
not be active and both the entry and exit conveyor sides must
be closed for this signal to be set.
“BALE ENTRY SWITCH” – This signal is received from the bale finishing
line to indicate the state of the bale entry switch signal. This
signal comes from a sensor located on the conveyor, but is
wired into the bale line control system.
“BALE EXIT SWITCH” – This signal is received from the bale finishing line
to indicate the state of the bale exit switch signal. This signal
The compactor station popup display, shown below, provides the operator with
control over the compactor station functions.
The “STOP” button within each group will stop all motion of the compactor station
compactors, regardless of which button is pressed.
These buttons are used to manually control the open (up) and close (down)
motion of the top compactor. The operator must press and hold the button for
the action to occur.
“CLOSE”
“OPEN”
These buttons are used to manually control the open (out) and close (in)
motion of the side compactor. The operator must press and hold the button for
the action to occur.
“CLOSE”
“OPEN”
The compactor station detail display, shown below, provides the operator with manual
control over the hydraulic unit.
There are event messages that the system displays on the touchscreen to keep the operator
informed of the machine state. These messages are for information only and do not require
acknowledgement by the operator. Since only one message can be displayed at a time, the
most recent, or highest priority, event message will be displayed.
Below is a list of the event messages that the machine will display, along with a brief
explanation.
"Ready For Wire” – The machine is clear of wire, and both the accumulator and twister head
have been homed. The operator can load wire into the machine from
the payoff system.
"Automatic Wire Feed” – When wire is being fed into the machine initially, and the WES
senses the wire at the entry point, the machine will begin the
automatic wire feed stage.
"Out Of Wire” – During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
“Clearing Wire” – A wire clearing operation has been initiated by the operator, and the
machine is removing any wire loaded into it. This wire will be directed into
the wire exhaust tube.
"Emergency Stop" – The machine is in an emergency stop condition. The machine will
need to be reset to clear this condition.
"Operator Apply Wire" – When the Tying Unit is in the manual mode, there is wire at the
FSS and the machine is ready for a wire tie cycle, this message is
displayed to signal that the operator has control over the wire
application process.
"Wire In Machine But Not Fed Up" – When the Tying Unit has wire at both the WES and the
WFTS, but not at the FSS, then this message will be
displayed.
"Service Mode Active" – The operator is in the service mode section of the HMI and has
enabled the machine service mode.
"Loading Drive Parameters" – When a parameter has been changed that must be downloaded
to the drives, this message will be displayed to indicate the
download is being performed.
"Stop Requested – Please Wait" – When a machine wire tie cycle is being performed, or
another automatic operation, and the “STOP” button is
pressed, this message will appear. Since the machine will
stop in an orderly and controlled fashion, this message tells
the operator that the stop request was received and the
machine is proceeding to a stopped state.
There are alarm messages that the system displays on the HMI to inform the operator of
problems, required maintenance or machine failures. Alarm messages will require
acknowledgement by the operator, even if the alarm condition has cleared:
New alarms will appear in a small window on the touchscreen. The text describing the alarm
condition will appear in the window. If there are multiple new alarms then the operator can
use the scroll bar on the right side of the window to view all the alarms. The operator can
If there are alarms present in the machine then a small graphic, shown below, will appear in
the top middle banner of the touchscreen.
The number shown below the graphic is the total of the currently active alarms. By touching
this graphic, the Alarms window will be opened and the user will have the option of
acknowledging all current and past alarms. There is also an option to clear alarms.
The “CLR” button will only allow the clearing of non active alarms. All alarms listed will
show a timestamp of when the alarm appeared, and if the alarm has been acknowledged, it
will show that time as well.
There are in excess of 100 possible alarm messages, however most of these messages are
associated with possible faults in the drives that operate the feed/tension, accumulator and
twister head motors. Due to the quantity of alarms most are not listed here, and for those
associated with the motor drives the user should refer to the drive manufacturer
documentation for a complete explanation of the error. In all cases, the alarm messages are
written to be as clear and descriptive as possible to the operator, and should be self
explanatory. Where additional clarification may be required, those messages listed below
have brief explanations following them.
"Overfeed" – More wire has been fed into the machine than the track will hold, indicating an
overfeed condition. The wire has probably come out of the track during the
feeding cycle.
"Accumulator Wheel Past Home" – During the wire feed cycle, the accumulator wheel has
rotated past the home position of the wheel.
“Out Of Wire” - During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
"Autofeed Timeout" – During the autofeed cycle, the wire did not reach the FSS in a set
period of time, indicating a feeding problem.
"No Bale or No Wire Grip" – The minimum loop size of wire has been reached while
tensioning. There is either no bale present or the grip on the wire was lost
“Auto Cycle Tension Timeout” – The machine did not complete an automatic tension cycle
within a configured period of time.
“Wire Strip Required” – The manual operation attempted is not possible because the Tying
Unit must first have a wire strip operation performed.
“E-Stop Interlock Chain Broken” – When operating the Tying Unit out-of-line, the
maintenance plug must be connected to override the bale line e-stop
interlock.
“Wire At Feed Stop Switch” – When a wire clear function is attempted, but there is wire
present in the twister head at the FSS.
“Wire Jam” – The wire is jammed and cannot complete the feed.
“Twister Head Not Closed”- The Twister Head is not closed. The wire cannot be fed until
the Twister is closed. The Twister may not be in its home position, or
there may be an obstruction that is holding the twister cover open.
“Twister Cycle Timeout” – The twister has not completed its cycle causing the Twister to
time out.
“Auto Cycle Feed Time Out” – The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed
Stop Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have
escaped the track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.
“Wire Strip Timeout” –The Wire Strip Out function did not occur in the specified amount of
time. The end of the wire may have passed the end of the wire elect
pall and have tried to feed around the track.
“Accumulator Encoder Failure” – This message will appear if the control system detects that
the Accumulator Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Encoder Failure” - This message will appear if the control system detects
that the Feed and Tension Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Wire Door Not Closed” –The doors on the wire entry side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Feed and Tension Drive Door Not Closed” –The doors on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Panel E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the Operator
Interface Panel is actuated.
“Arch E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the end of the Arch
is actuated.
“Wire Eject Door Not Closed” – The Wire Eject Door is not closed and latched. Or the
switch is not adjusted properly.
“Entry Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Entry Conveyors is not closed.
“Exit Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Exit Conveyors is not closed.
“Refeed Cycle Timeout” - The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed Stop
Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have escaped
the track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.
The E9700 Unityer® is designed to be installed in a fully automated production line. Though
automated, its operation and supply of wire must be periodically checked. The various
Unityer® functions may also be manually activated from the Unityer® operator station or
from a corresponding bale line operator station. Operation, inspection, maintenance, and
wire reload are to be performed only by properly trained and authorized personnel.
Before loading the coil carrier, press one of the emergency stop buttons on the Tying Unit or
Compactor Station to ensure the Unityer® is disabled.
3. Position the coil carrier directly under the coil and lower
the coil until it rests on the carrier base.
4. Place the wire guide over the mandrel and lower it until it is resting on the mandrel.
5. Lock the wire guide to the mandrel with the locking pin.
6. Close the Coil Carrier door. Be careful when closing the Coil Carrier
doors to avoid being pinched.
7. Roll the Coil Carrier into position and secure it to the floor A
locking pin is provided to prevent the Coil Carrier from moving during operation.
Do not operate without the pin in place.
After the wire has been removed from the Tying Unit, new wire must be loaded by the
following steps:
1. Prepare the coil by removing the securing bands from the coil of wire.
2. Pass the free end of the wire through the wire guide and between the guide rolls and
the pulleys located on the payoff Frame (See Figure 4.2).
3. Pass the free end of the wire between the lower guide roll and pulley (See Figure 4.2).
11. As the wire passes the proximity switch in the Entry Guide, the
Drive Wheel will start to turn.
12. Slowly feed the end of the wire into the Entry Guide, pushing the
wire until it engages with the Drive and Nip Wheels, which will begin to draw the
wire in.
13. After the Drive and Nip Wheels engages the wire, the wire will be fed through the
Feed and Tension assembly until the end of the wire is sensed by the wire feed tube
switch.
14. To complete feeding the machine, manually press the Refeed button and the HMI.
Wire will be fed into the feed tube, through the twister head, around the track and
back into the twister head until the feed stop switch is actuated. The machine is then
ready to operate.
For the Tying Unit to operate it will have to be in a reset state. This state refers to the mode
of the emergency stop safety module located in the Tying Unit control panel.
The hydraulic pump motor will run in automatic mode as long as there is not an emergency
stop condition or fault preventing it from running.
To switch the compactor station hydraulic unit into automatic mode the operator must
use the bale line control system HMI. This operation is not available in the Tying Unit HMI
system.
The pump will remain in operation until it is turned off by one of the following events:
4.6. FEEDING
To feed the wire around the track, the Tying Unit must be reset and wire must have been
previously loaded.
NOTE: As the feed sequence takes place automatically after wire has been reloaded in the
automatic mode, it is not normally necessary to feed the wire manually.
The wire can only be fed until the Feed Stop Switch detects wire in the Twister Head.
THE UNITYER® IS
DESIGNED TO GROUP STACKS OF PULP TOGETHER AND TIE THEM WITH
STEEL WIRES.
To set the automatic operation mode of the Unityer®, the hydraulic pump motor must be
running and in automatic mode (see section 4.5), the Unityer® Tying Unit must be loaded
with wire (see section 4.2 and 4.3) and wire must be fed around the track (see section 4.6).
The machine will then operate automatically. All units conveyed into the Unityer® will be
compacted and tied in response to interlock signals received from the bale finishing line
control system.
The Twister Head can be operated manually to knot the wire. There are two different ways
to knot the wire. The operator is free to choose which method is preferred.
Method 1:
Method 2:
The configured number of tight wires will be tied around the unit located in the compactor
station machine arch.
When reloading wire into the machine, any remaining wire must be removed. This is known
as clearing the wire. This may also be required if the wire becomes damaged and must be cut
from the wire supply. The following guidelines are provided to clear all remaining wire from
the machine:
8. Open the Wire Exhaust Coiler Door and remove the wire by hand. The door is
equipped with proximity switch (WEDS), which will prevent the machine from
restarting while the door is open.
9. After the wire has been removed, the door must be closed and latched to allow the
machine to be started again.
In the event of a tensioning error, which occurs when the tensioning cycle encounters a “No
Bale” or a “No Grip” condition, the machine will initiate the following operational sequence:
1. The Twister Head will twist, cut and eject the wire.
2. The Twister Head will then remain in the open position.
3. Machine automatic mode operation will cease until the machine is cleared.
1. Press one of the red emergency stop buttons for the machine.
2. Clear the wire from the track using pliers or other appropriate tools.
3. Identify the cause for the tensioning error by following instructions located in the
“TROUBLE SHOOTING” section.
When the product flow stops but the hydraulic pump is still running, a recirculation valve is
used to recirculate the fluid from the hydraulic reservoir to the valve manifold. The
recirculation valve is energized by the machine controller if the cooling fan is running and
the product flow has stopped for a set period of time, typically 10 minutes.
WIRE ENTRY
GUIDE
COIL
CARRIER
FIGURE 4.3
THREADING THE UNITYER
The sequence of operation of the E9700 Unityer® is defined in two sections. The first (section
5.2.) will describe the application of a wire onto a unit. The second (section 5.3.) will
describe the automatic operation of the machine. Referring to wiring, program, and hydraulic
schematics will be helpful in following the sequence of operation. Refer to figures 5.1A,
5.1B, 5.1C for switch locations on both the Tying Unit and the Compactor Station.
The signal to apply a wire can be initiated either by the operator, when the E9700 Unityer® is
in manual mode or from the control system interlocks when the Tying Unit, Hydraulic Unit
and Compactor/Conveyor are all in the automatic mode. In either case, the sequence of
events to apply the wire will be identical.
The threading cycle is initiated only in the manual mode, and is used to prepare the Tying
Unit for use anytime a coil of wire is changed. The threading cycle is similar to the feed
cycle with the exception that the Feed and Tension Drive wheel does not start until the
Wire Entry Switch (WES) detects wire has been inserted into the Entry Guide. Continued
feeding of the wire by hand is required until the Drive Wheel and Nip Wheel engage the
wire. At that point, the wire is automatically drawn in and fed up to the Wire Feed Tube
The tension cycle is initiated by a signal from the bale finishing line signal, when in
automatic mode, or by pressing the tension button on the Touch Screen when in the
manual mode. Initiation of the cycle by the bale finishing line will cause a complete
tension/twist/feed cycle. Initiation of the tension cycle by pressing-and-holding the
tension button will cause the machine to complete only a single complete tension cycle.
Initiation of the tension cycle causes the Drive Wheel to rotate at high speed in the tension
direction. The Drive and Nip Wheels provide the tractive force on the wire causing the
wire to be drawn from the track. As the wire is drawn into the Feed and Tension unit,
increased wire tension pulls the wire from the track and around the bale. As the wire is
drawn around the bale, the wire tension increases, causing the Gripper to firmly grip the
end of the wire. As the extra wire is drawn back, wire is wound around the Accumulator
Wheel until the Feed and Tension Nip Wheel stalls. When the Nip Wheel reaches zero
speed, the set maximum tension is being applied. Tension on the wire is maintained by
regulating the gearmotor torque. The amount of wire stored on the Accumulator Wheel is
monitored by the Accumulator drive encoder count. This count is then used during the
feed cycle to determine the feed transition point (transition from feeding accumulated wire
to feeding wire from an external source).
The twist cycle is initiated by the stalling of the Nip Wheel in automatic mode or, in
manual mode, by pressing the twister cycle button on the HMI. The Twister Head
gearmotor rotates the Twister Pinion through the mainshaft and a series of gears. The
wire is forced to wrap around itself three and one-half times forming a knot that secures
the wire to the bale. At the end of the twist cycle, the Rocking Cutter Carrier actuates,
cutting the tied wire from the wire supply. After the wire is cut, the Ejectors rise as the
Twister Pinion comes into alignment with the wire ejection path. The Twister Head is
opened momentarily as the Gripper releases the wire and the Ejectors force the tied wire
from the Twister Head. The Twister Head then continues to rotate, returns to the home
position and is ready for another cycle.
The feed cycle is initiated at the end of the twist cycle when in automatic mode, or by
pressing-and-holding the feed button on the HMI when in manual mode. The Drive and
Nip Wheels feed the wire into the Drive Entry Guide. Next, the wire is fed through the
Feed Tube and into the Twister Head. Then the wire is fed through the Twister Pinion,
around the track, into the Twister Head and through the Twister Pinion on the second
pass. When the wire is fed into the Twister Head on the second pass, it feeds past the
Gripper and comes to rest against the Stop Block. The spring loaded Gripper arm allows
the wire end to engage the toothed gripper insert securing the wire and preventing it from
pulling out. The feed cycle is complete when the wire is in place against the Stop Block
actuating the Feed Stop Switch. The Stop Block is located just past the gripper ensuring
the gripper is fully engaged with the wire.
The clearing cycle is initiated only in the manual mode by pressing the clear wire button
on the HMI. The clear cycle cannot be initiated if the wire is in place in the track such
that the Feed Stop switch is activated. If the Feed Stop Switch is made, the Tying Unit
When operating the Unityer® in the automatic mode, the compactors will move to their home
positions, if they are not already there, and the conveyors may start to run. Initiation of the
tying cycle requires the following:
1. The machine must be loaded with wire (see sections 4.2 and 4.3)
2. Wire must be fed around the track (see section 4.6)
3. The hydraulic pump must be running (see section 4.5)
The machine must be in the automatic mode, which is selected by pressing the “AUTO”
button located on the main screen of the HMI.
A unit conveyed into the machine will actuate the bale sensors (BES and BXS). The unit will
stop in position for the application of wires. When the unit is in position, both bale sensors
(BES and BXS) will be actuated by the unit, indicating that the unit is correctly positioned
for the wire tying cycle.
The Side Compactor Close Valve (SCCV) will then be energized. The Side Compactors will
move in compressing the unit to align the individual bales and obtain a properly aligned unit.
When the Side Compactors contact the unit, the Side Compactor Closed Switch (SCCS) will
be actuated by the rise in the hydraulic pressure. The Side Compactor Close Valve (SCCV)
will remain energized until the last wire has been applied.
Next the control system will signal the Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) to energize
which causes the top compactor to move down onto the unit and compress it. Having
compressed the unit, the hydraulic system pressure will rise, actuating the Top Compactor
Closed Switch (TCCS). The Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) will remain energized
until a configured number of wires have been tied, then the pressure will be released.
Once both the Top Compactor and Side Compactor are in, and the unit is being compressed,
the bale finishing line control system will signal the tying unit to begin the cycle. These
signals are conveyed through the machine interlocks that exist between the bale line and
tying unit.
During the application of the last wire, the Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) is de-
energized and the top compactor rests on the unit while the next wire is being fed. This
prevents the shock of the sudden top compactor direction change from down to up. The
actuation of the Feed Stop Switch (FSS) indicates the tying cycle is finished causing the Side
Compactor Open Valve (SCOV) and the Top Compactor Open Valve (TCOV) to energize.
Both the Side Compactor and Top Compactor then move to their home positions. The Side
Compactors arriving in their home position will actuate the side compactor cylinder mounted
Side Compactor Out Switch (SCOS). The Top Compactors arriving in their upper limit set
point will actuate the Top Compactor Open Switch (TCOS). The actuation of these switches
indicates the cycle is complete. This signal is then sent through the interlocks to the bale
finishing line. The completed unit will then be conveyed out of the machine.
50
NWP1S
NWP2S
TCS
WFTS
FSS
TWNHS
1B657-0
FIGURE 5.1A
TYING UNIT SWITCH LOCATION
SCO2S
SCO1S
TCOS
ECCS
ES2B
XCCS
FIGURE 5.1B
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
SCO2S
ECCS
ES1B
ES2B
XCCS
FIGURE 5.1C
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
Carefully read this safety section of this manual before making any adjustment to the
E9700 Unityer®. This safety section details inherent risks and general safety considerations
associated with the operation of this machine. Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury, equipment damage.
Warning symbols corresponding to the warning symbols on the Unityer® are used
throughout this manual. They signal situations that require extra attention during
Unityer® installation, operation, or maintenance. Observe the associated precautions
carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous situations.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the
Unityer®, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Unityer® uses steel wire to
tie units of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye protection
must be worn at all times when working on or near the machine.
The Unityer’s® operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the
Unityer® could result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Unityer® may
start or cycle without warning! Precautions must be taken to prevent units from being
automatically conveyed into the Unityer® when it is out of service. Shutting down the
Unityer® does not necessarily prevent other bale line equipment from operating! For
all maintenance activities not requiring the Unityer® to be in operation a "lock out, tag
out" procedure applies (see MAINTENANCE" section of this manual). All operators
and maintenance personnel working on or around the Unityer® during installation
must be qualified for their position.
6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE COMPACTOR STATION (See
Figure 6.2.1)
When making Tying Unit adjustments, it is preferable to remove the Tying Unit from
the Compactor Station for increased accessibility. The Tying Unit installs in the frame
opening in the Compactor Station and is guided into place by two floor mounted
guide tubes. When the Tying Unit is installed in the line, a frame mounted stop and a
latch located on the right side of the machine holds the Tying Unit in place and
prevents it from backing out.
Prior to removing the Tying Unit from the Compactor Station, the
Conveyor Chain Pivots must be raised to allow the Tying Unit to be removed from the
Compactor Station. The Compactor Station is equipped with conveyor chain both on
the entry and exit side. The chain conveyors, nearest the operator end of the Tying
Unit, pivot up allowing the chains to clear the Tying Unit Twister Head when the
machine is inserted or withdrawn from the line.
The Tying Unit is removed from the Compactor Station by the following steps:
1. Press one of the “E-STOP” buttons and verify that the Light Stack on the Tying
Unit is blinking.
4. Move the Coil Carrier aside and cut the wire, as necessary,
between the Coil Carrier and the Tying Unit.
5. Disconnect power to the Compactor Station.
6. Raise the operator side pivot chains on both the Entry and Exit conveyors.
7. Lift the gravity latch on the right side of the Tying Unit and pull
the Tying Unit from the Compactor Station section.
The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is located on the cutter side of the Twister Head and is
actuated by the Stop Block mounting arm. The purpose of this switch is to confirm
the wire has been fed around the track and to initiate the wire tensioning cycle. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.
The Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on
the side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Not Home Switch
establishes the home position of the Twister Head at start-up and periodically resets
the Twister Head encoder information as the Tying Unit operates. This switch must
be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified
maintenance personnel.
The Twister Head Open switch (TCS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on the
side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Closed Switch senses whether
or not the Twister Head Cover Plate is completely closed in the home position. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.
The Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) is located on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension enclosure. The Accumulator Home Switch senses when the Accumulator
Disc is in the home position. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval International®
Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the ACHS on the feed and
tension back plate.
2. Disconnect the switch power cable.
3. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the Accumulator Wheel mounted
Home Position Target until there is a 1.5mm (0.060”) gap between the face of
the switch and the home position target.
5. Reconnect the switch power cable. If the cable does not route properly, turn the
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.
The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is located in the Feed and Tension Enclosure.
This switch serves as a safety interlock to ensure the Wire Eject Door is closed. This
switch normally will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced. When
adjustment is required, it must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.
The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the WEDS on the Wire Eject
Door mounting collar.
2. Remove the cover over the switch.
3. Disconnect the switch cable.
4. Loosen the proximity switch jam nut.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch towards the proximity target located on the
wire eject door until there is a 1mm (.040”) to 2mm (.080”) gap between the
face of the switch and the magnet. Make sure that the witness mark on the
switch lines up with the witness mark on the magnet.
6. Reconnect the switch power cable.
7. Tighten the proximity switch jam nuts.
6.2.7 NIP WHEEL PULSE SWITCHES (NWP1S, NWP2S) (See Figure 5.1A)
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S) are located on the motor side of
the Feed and Tension enclosure. The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches detect the stall of the
Tension Nip Wheel during the tension cycle. This indicates the predetermined wire
tension has been reached and the twist cycle can begin. This switch must be adjusted
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches are adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and firmly seat the top feed wheel against
the snap rings towards the feed and tension back plate.
2. Disconnect the switch power cable.
3. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the nip wheel hub until there is a
1mm (.040”) gap between the face of the switch and the nip wheel hub.
5. Reconnect the switch power cable. If the cable does not route properly, turn the
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw
6.2.8 FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE (See Figure 6.2.8)
The Feed and Tension Nip Wheels are each spring loaded providing the tractive force
for feeding and tensioning the wire. These adjustments should be carried out only
when needed to prevent the wheels from slipping on the wire or when Nip Wheels are
replaced. It is important to provide enough nip force to feed and tension the wire
without slipping; however, excessive pinch force shortens bearing life and deforms
the wire which can lead to feeding and wire strength issues.
The Wire Lubricator is mounted to the Entry Guide Post on the Feed Wheel Side
of the Feed and Tension Enclosure. USE ONLY oil that meets the specifications in
Section 7.4, as the Lubricant in the Wire Lubricator. The Wire Lubricator normally
will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced.
1. Open the Feed and Tension Unit Doors and locate the Lubricator on the Entry
Guide Post.
2. Remove the plug located in the top of the Lubricator, fill it with CRC 2-26 and
replace the plug.
3. Turn the oil flow control knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the oil flow
control by turning the knob counter clockwise ½ turn.
4. Adjust the Air Flow control located on the inlet port of the Lubricator first by
turning the knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the airflow control by turning
the knob 3 full turns.
After the Tying Unit adjustments have been made, the following procedure is used to
re-install the machine into the Compactor Station. Prior to installing the Tying Unit
into the Compactor Station section, the entry and exit conveyor chains, (nearest the
Tying Unit entry end), must be raised to allow the Tying Unit to enter the Compactor
Station section. The chain conveyors nearest the machine entry side of the Tying Unit
pivot up allowing the chains to clear the Tying Unit twister head assembly when the
machine is inserted into the line.
The Tying Unit is installed into the Compactor Station by the following steps:
3. Roll the Tying Unit into the Compactor Station ensuring the lead
caster is positioned between the floor mounted guide tubes. Continue rolling the
Tying Unit into the Compactor Station until it contacts the stop.
4. Engage the gravity latch with the Tying Unit.
5. Lower the chain pivots on both the entry and exit conveyors.
NOTE: The conveyor chain pivots are monitored by a sensor, which will prevent
the conveyors from running until the conveyor chains are lowered into position.
6. Place the Coil Carrier in position, and lock it to the floor.
8. Connect the power and inter-lock cables from the Tying Unit
to the receptacles mounted on the Compactor Station frame and verify they do not
interfere with the adjacent equipment or the unit path.
The Twister Pinion must be installed and timed correctly in order for the knot to be
formed correctly. The Twister Pinion must be installed when the Twister is in the
home position. The twister is in the home position when the Twister Not Home
Switch (TWNHS) is off. From the HMI machine operation screen the “Home”
indicator box should be illuminated.
The motors used on the E9700 Tying Unit typically require no adjustments or
maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing. Figure 6.2.12 shows the motor
location for general orientation purposes.
The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is located on the motor side of the Feed
and Tension Unit Enclosure adjacent to the Pneumatics Manifold. This switch senses
if there is sufficient instrument air pressure to run the Control Cabinet Air Cooler. In
the event that the instrument air pressure is low or the hose is not connected to the air
supply the machine will not run. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval
International® Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.
The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Remove the Tying Machine from the line and move it to the Maintenance Station.
2. Connect the Tying Machine to the Power, Communication, and Air Supply at the
Maintenance Station.
3. Adjust the Air Regulator at the Maintenance Station to 5.5 Bars (80 PSI). Note:
The minimum air pressure that is required to operate the machine is 5.5 Bars
(80 PSI). The Control Cabinet Cooler will not operate effectively at lower
pressures. Damage to the Tying Machine could result if the air pressure is
not sufficient.
4. Open the motor side of the Feed and Tension Unit Enclosure and locate the
pressure switch.
5. Remove the protective cover from the top of the pressure switch.
6. Loosen the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
7. Adjust the pressure switch adjusting screw until the light on the connector just
comes on. This is the minimum amount of air pressure that is required to operate
the Control Cabinet Cooler.
8. Tighten the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
9. Replace the protective cover.
The E9700 Tying Machine and Tying Unit are supplied with an automatic twister
pinion oil pump. The pump is operated by a valve that is controlled by the by the
PLC. The oil pump is used to automatically oil the twister pinion journal bearings.
Oval International® recommends using an ISO 32 grade oil. A list of recommended
oils can be found in section 7.4 of this manual.
1. Fill the pump with suitable oil ISO 32 grade oil. ( A list of recommended oils is
located in section 7.4 of this manual)
2. Connect the tying machine to the air supply.
In normal operation the Automatic Twister Pinion Oil pump should cycle once every
1000 wires tied.
The pump stroke adjustment is preset at the factory. The stroke adjustment screw is
located on top of the pump housing. The top of the adjusting screw should be level
with the 2cc mark located on the pump mounting bracket. To adjust the stroke
delivery screw use the following procedure.
The normal setting of the pump compensator depends on the machine configuration and
the required compactor forces. This will be determined during the machine startup by
the Oval International® Service Representative. Any adjustments to the pump
compensator shall be made by an Oval International® Service Representative or
authorized maintenance personnel. The pressure setting is measured by starting the
hydraulic power unit and reading the system pressure on the gage that is located on the
hydraulic manifold. The system pressure should be set to 14 bars (200 PSI) below the
system relief pressure, which is not to exceed 207 bars (3,000 PSI). The pressure is
adjusted by turning the adjustment screw located on the pump compensator. Turning
the screw clockwise increases the pressure. (See figure 6.3.1)
The force applied by the Top Compactors is controlled by the Pressure Reducing
Valve (PRV) located on the end of the manifold below the Top Compactor Valve
(TCV) (see Figure 6.8). The compactor force will be determined at the time the
machine is installed. Side Compactor force is determined by system pressure and is
not independently adjustable. Adjustments to the Top compactor PRV must be made
by an Oval International® service representative or authorized maintenance personnel.
The following pressure setting will produce the following Top Compactor forces:
The Top Compactor Closed Switch (TCCS) is located on the front of the manifold
just below the top compactor valve. (See Figure 6.3.1) The purpose of this switch is
to initiate the tensioning cycle after the top compactor has completed compacting a
unit. This pressure switch should be set to actuate at 200 PSI below the Top
Compactor PRV setting. This switch is to be adjusted by an Oval International®
Service Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.
Adjustment of the Top Compactor Closed Switch is made by the following steps:
The Top Compactor Open Switch (TCOS) is mounted on the entry frame column
above the Hydraulic Unit and Control Enclosure. The purpose of this switch is to
determine the upper stop position for the Top Compactor. The upper stop position
can be easily changed, to suit the unit size, by loosening the two adjustment knobs
and moving the switch up or down to suit the unit size. The target for this switch is
the cable carrier mounting bracket which is mounted to the entry side Top Compactor
end plate. Adjusting the switch vertically will not affect the sensing gap between the
target and the proximity switch.
If it becomes necessary to adjust the sensing gap, the adjustment is made by the
following steps:
1. Move the Top Compactor to the open position to ensure the target is aligned
with the proximity switch.
2. Shut down the Unityer® by pressing one of the E-stop buttons.
3. Disconnect the switch power cable.
4. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch(s) in toward the proximity switch target until
there is a 8mm (.313”) gap between the switch face and the arch.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw.
The Side Compactor Closed Switch (SCCS) is located on the front of the manifold
just below the Side Compactor Valve. The purpose of this switch is to initiate the top
compactor cycle following the completion of the side compactor cycle. This pressure
switch should be set to trip at 14 bars (200 PSI) below the system pressure setting.
This switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or
authorized maintenance personnel.
Adjustment of the Side Compactor Closed Switch is made by the following steps:
The Side Compactor Open Switches (SCO1S, SCO2S) are mounted on the top beam of
the main frame. The purpose of these switches is to determine the outward stop position
for the Side Compactors. The targets for these switches are the side compactor carriages.
If it becomes necessary to adjust the sensing gap, the adjustment is made by the following
steps:
1. Move the Side Compactors to the open position to ensure the target is aligned
with the proximity switch.
2. Shut down the Unityer® by pressing one of the E-stop buttons.
3. Disconnect the switch power cable.
4. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
The side compactor speed is controlled with two (2) flow control valves located
below the Side Compactor Valve on the back of the manifold. (See figure 6.3.1) The
speed of the side compactors must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or by authorized maintenance personnel. The side compactor speed is
set at installation and in normal operation should not need readjustment.
The Bale Sensors (BES, BXS) are located on the Entry and Exit Conveyor diagonally
opposite of each other. (See figure 5.1B). They sense units entering the Unityer® and
initiate the compacting and wire tying cycles. The unit enters the Unityer® and
actuates the upstream bale in position switch, allowing the unit to be conveyed and
centered in the Unityer®. The second bale in position switch detects the presence of
the second stack. Both switches must be actuated before the compacting and tying
cycles can start. These switches must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.
The conveyor chains are driven by two line shaft mounted gearmotors. The Conveyor
Chain tension is adjusted individually by moving the chain support frames. Each
support frame is secured with four mounting bolts and adjusted with an individual
jacking-screw. The conveyor chains do not require alignment under normal operating
conditions. The chain can come out of alignment only if the sprockets slip on their
shafts or if a bearing fails.
2. Turn the main disconnect handles for the Unityer® and adjacent
bale finishing line conveyors to the “OFF” position and physically lock them in
the “OFF” position at the MCC panel. Use the “lock out, tag out” procedure to
ensure that the machines are secured in their off positions.
3. Loosen the jack screw jam nuts.
4. Loosen the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
5. Rotate the jack screws to tension the chain as needed. (Do not over tension the
chains, damage to the machine may occur.)
6. Tighten the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
7. Tighten the jacking screw jam nuts.
8. Return the machine to normal operation.
The Conveyor Closed Switches (ECCS, XCCS) are located near the center of the
entry and exit conveyors. These switches are used to verify the conveyor Chain
Pivots are closed. If the Conveyor Chain Pivots are open the machine will be shut
down until the fault can be corrected. These switches must be adjusted by an Oval
International® Service Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.
The Conveyor Closed Switches (ECCS, XCCS) are adjusted by the following steps:
The motors used on the E9700 Compactor Station typically require no adjustments or
maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing where applicable. Figure 6.3.10
shows the motor location for general orientation purposes.
The Wire Straightener is located on the Coil Carrier. The Wire Straightener should only
require adjustment periodically.
1. With a coil of wire installed on the Coil Carrier, thread the Payoff Pulleys as described in
Section 4.3
2. Open wire enclosure door.
3. Loosen the jam nut located and the roller mounting screw on the center roller of the Wire
Straightener.
4. Adjust the jack screw until the roll just touches the wire. Apply 2 complete turns to the
jack screw.
5. Tighten the jack screw nut and the roller mounting screw.
6. By hand, pull 2 or 3 meters of wire from the coil carrier.
7. Cut the wire were it exits the Wire Straightener and lay the cut wire on the floor.
8. Measure the curvature in the wire the wire should be straight within 10cm per 1 Meter of
length.
9. Repeat steps 1 through 7 to achieve the desired results.
10. Close wire enclosure door.
Note: DO NOT apply excessive force to the wire from the Wire Straightener, as the wire can
be reformed into a coil by the Wire Straightener. In addition, excessive force from the Wire
Straightener will create drag in the Wire Payoff and cause the Unityer® to labor.
TYING
UNIT
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
CHAIN
PIVOTS
CHAIN
PIVOT
LEVER
FIGURE 6.2.1
REMOVING THE TYING UNIT
FROM THE COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
JAM NUT
MOUNTING BAR
FSS
TWISTER HEAD
FIGURE 6.2.2
FSS ADJUSTMENT
JAM NUT
TCS
JAM NUT
TWNHS
1.5MM (0.060”)
(TYPICAL FOR
BOTH SENSORS)
TWISTER HEAD
TWNHS TARGET
(EJECTOR CAM)
FIGURE 6.2.3
TCS AND TWNHS ADJUSTMENTS
TYING
UNIT
CHAIN
PIVOTS
COMPACTOR / CONVEYOR
FIGURE 6.2.10
INSTALLING THE TYING UNIT
INTO THE COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
MOVING TWISTER
COVER
FIGURE 6.2.11B
TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.11C
TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
SIDE
COMPACTOR
VALVE
COOLER
RE-CIRCULATING
PUMP COMPENSATOR
VALVE
ADJUSTMENT
TOP COMPACTOR
CLOSED SWITCH
SIDE COMPACTOR
CLOSED SWITCH
SIDE
COMPACTOR
FLOW
SYSTEM PRESSURE CONTROLS
PRV
FIGURE 6.3.1
HYDRAULIC UNIT
SIDE
COMPACTOR
OPEN
SWITCH
SIDE
COMPACTOR
CARRIAGE
FIGURE 6.3.6
SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCHES
(SC01S & SC02S)
JACKING
SCREW
MOUNTING
SCREWS (4)
FIGURE 6.3.8
CONVEYOR CHAIN ADJUSTMENT
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
MOTOR
(HPM)
EXIT
CONVEYOR
MOTOR
(XCM)
FIGURE 6.3.10
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR MOTOR LOCATIONS
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free
service for many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully
considered to ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our
engineering and manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality.
As with any powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of personal injury or
equipment damage if appropriate precautions are not taken. The safety section and safety
precautions in other related sections of this manual must be read and understood before
attempting installation, operation, maintenance, or removal of the E9700 Unityer®. The
safety section details the inherent risks and general safety considerations associated with the
operation and maintenance of this machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in
personal injury or equipment damage,. All operations and maintenance personnel must be
trained by Oval International® in the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of this
machine. Oval International® will provide a certificate of completion to the maintenance
personnel, who attended the training provided by Oval International®. This certificate will be
kept on file at Oval International®
Warning symbols that correspond with warning symbols displayed in the vicinity of
the Unityer® are used throughout this manual. They indicate situations that require
extra attention during Unityer® installation, operation, maintenance, or de-installation.
Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous
situations.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the
Unityer®, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Unityer® uses steel wire to
secure units of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye
protection must be worn at all times when working on or near the machine.
The Unityer® operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the Unityer® could
result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Unityer® may start or cycle without
warning! Precautions must also be taken to prevent units from being automatically conveyed
into the Unityer® when it is out of service. Shutting down the Unityer® does not necessarily
prevent other equipment in the bale finishing line from operation! For all maintenance
activities not requiring the Unityer® to be in operation, a "lock out, tag out" procedure
applies. All personnel working on or around the Unityer® during installation must be
qualified for their position. All local laws and Mill mandated “lock out, tag out”
requirements that meet or exceed this procedure must be strictly adhered too.
To re-establish the normal Unityer® operation, reverse the “lock out, tag out” procedure, and
follow the instructions as shown in section 4.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
The following hydraulic fluids are recommended for use with the Oval International®
E9700 Unityer®:
• American - Rykon 31
• Mobil - DTE 25
• Texaco - Rando HD B
• Exxon – Nuto H46
The use of these fluids is highly recommended; however, other fluids may be used if
they have a viscosity of 100 SSU at temperatures ranging from 57°C to 60°C (135° F
to 140°F). It is essential that the fluid be kept clean and free of contaminants. The
filter should be checked by observing the indicator on top of the filter housing;
replace the filter when required. The fluid should be checked regularly to insure that it
is free from water or foam. The presence of foam indicates air leaking into the system.
Intake piping to the pump should be checked for tightness. The presence of water is
indicated by a milky appearing fluid. The fluid level should be checked daily and
new fluid added when necessary. Recommended fluid operating temperature is
37.7°C to 54.4°C (100°F to 130°F).
To insure proper operation of the pump, the recommendations made relative to the
hydraulic fluid in paragraph 7.3.2 should be strictly adhered to.
Additional information concerning the pump and its maintenance can be obtained by
referring to the manufacture’s data sheets appended to this manual.
The following products are suitable lubricating oils for maintenance of the Unityer®.
ISO 32 (SAE 10W) ISO 68 (SAE 20) ISO 100 (SAE 30)
BP Energol HLP 32 Energol HLP 68 Energol HLP 100
Chevron Tegra Fluid 32 Tegra Fluid 68 Tegra Fluid 100
Exxon Tersesstic SHP 32 Tersesstic SHP 68 Tersesstic SHP 100
Shell Omala RL 32 Omala RL 68 Omala RL 100
For the best results Oval International® recommends lubricating the wire using, CRC
Industries Inc. Part Number: 2-26® Multi-Purpose Precision Lubricant. However
other oils will work.
If CRC 2-26 is not available in your area Oval International®, recommends using a
Petroleum Distillate Oil (White Petroleum Distillate) with a viscosity equal to or less
than 22 Centistokes @ 40°C. It is not recommended to use an oil that contains
additives or enhancers.
For best results Oval International® recommends an ISO 32 weight (SAE 10W) oil in
the oil pump reservoir. A list of recommended lubricants is located in section 7.4
Lubricants for the Unityer. ®
Oval International® recommends using oils and lubricants per the requirements of
SEW Eurodrive for the specific application.
Twister head Blow all debris from the twister head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO THE
adjacent parts. Special attention should be given EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
to the stop switch and gripper area. PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
Hydraulic fluid level Check the hydraulic fluid level by observing the SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
sight gage on the side of the reservoir. Replenish SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
with one of the fluid listed in section 7.3.2 as MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
needed. BEFORE SERVICING.
General House Keeping. Clean the machine of all debris and fluid. STAY CLEAR OF THE MACHINE WHEN THE
MACHINE IS OPERATING. THE MACHINE
OPERATES AUTOMATICALLY PERSONAL
INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE COULD OCCUR IF
BODY PARTS ARE TRAPPED IN THE
MACHINE.
Oil Level in Wire Lubricator. Check the oil level in the Wire Lubricator by
opening the Feed and Tension Unit door. Check
the oil level in the mist lubricator bowl.
Replenish with the recommended oil listed in
Section 7.4.1.
Feed and tension unit Clean the feed and tension unit by opening the FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
feed and tension unit door and blowing THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
compressed air around the feed rolls and guides PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
to clear the feed and tension unit of all debris.
Twister head Blow all debris from the Twister Head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
adjacent parts with compressed air. Special THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
attention should be given to the stop switch and PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
gripper area.
Feed stop switch (FSS) Check the feed stop switch and re-adjust if BE CAREFUL OF PINCH POINTS WHEN
necessary as described in section. OPENING AND CLOSING THE
CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS.
Check for loose screws. Check the following places for screws that have SECURE AND PROPERLY USE LADDERS,
loosened due to vibration or improper tightening. SCAFFOLDING AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS.
1. Bolts on top compactor swivel eye. IMPROPER USE OF SUCH DEVICES CAN
2. Bolts on side compactor swivel eye. CREATE A FALLING HAZARD.
Fluid filter Replace the fluid filter on the hydraulic power SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
unit. SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
BEFORE SERVICING.
Hydraulic hose connections Check for loose and/or leaking hoses and SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
connectors. Tighten or repair as needed. SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
BEFORE SERVICING.
Automatic Lubrication System Check the oil level in the Automatic Lubrication SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
System reservoir and refill as required. HAZARD.
Feed and Tension Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
motor bearings as described in the manufactures HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT. ALLOW
data sheets appended to this manual. THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE SERVICING.
Accumulator Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
motor bearings as described in the manufactures HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT. ALLOW
data sheets appended to this manual. THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE SERVICING.
Twister Head Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
motor bearings as described in the manufactures HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT. ALLOW
data sheets appended to this manual. THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE SERVICING.
Machine wiring. Replace and/or repair any wiring that has become DAMAGED OR WORN ELECTRICAL WIRING
frayed, damaged or worn. CAN LEAD TO ELECTRIC SHOCK.
To track any Unityer® malfunctions, a maintenance log should be kept. The log should
list the following information.
If a pattern problem becomes evident, please inform Oval International® and provide
recorded log information.
The following Trouble Shooting Chart is provided to assist maintenance personnel in the
identification and correction of problems that may occur with the E9700 Unityer®. If
problems persist or cannot be resolved contact the Oval International® Service Department
for assistance.
Worn or broken gripper. If the gripper is worn or broken it may Rotate the gripper to another one of the
not grip the wire securely and the wire four gripping surfaces or replace the
will tension back into the accumulator. gripper as needed.
8.3 FAILS TO Track springs excessively tight With excessively tightened track springs, Adjust the track spring adjusting nuts
TENSION WIRE the wire cannot pull out of the track to to allow the track to open properly.
tighten around the unit.
Incorrectly set Top Compactor If the Top Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Top Compactor Closed
Closed Switch TCCS. (TCCS) is incorrectly set, the controller Switch (TCCS).
will not receive a completion of cycle
signal from the (TCCS) and the machine
will not tension.
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches If the Nip Wheel Pulse Switches Adjust the Nip Wheel Pulse Switches
(NWP1S, NWP2S) are not (NWP1S, NWP2S) are out of adjustment, (NWP1S, NWP2S)
properly adjusted or have the wire will be knotted with the wire not
malfunctioned fully tensioned around the bale.
Lack of lubricant on the twister Lack of lubricant on the twister pinion Ensure the automatic lubrication
pinion journals. journals will cause galling between the system has oil and is functioning
twister pinion and the twister pinion properly.
journals preventing rotation.
Broken or worn twister pinion Extremely worn or broken journals can Replace broken or worn journals.
journals prevent proper twisting of the wire.
8.5 FAILS TO CUT Worn or broken cutter insert. A worn or broken cutter insert will cause Rotate the cutter insert to another of the
WIRE the wire to hook when the wire is cut or eight cutting surfaces or replace it as
will not cut the wire at all. needed.
Worn or broken left hand guide. A worn or broken left hand guide will Replace the left hand guide.
cause the wire to hook when the wire is
cut or will not cut the wire at all.
8.6 FAILS TO FEED Worn or broken cutter. A worn or broken cutter leaves a bur on Rotate the cutter insert to another of
WIRE the wire end possibly causing the wire to the eight cutting surfaces or replace it
jam in the twister or fail to fully feed as needed
around the track.
Twister Closed Switch (TWCS) It the Twister Head is not fully closed, Adjust or replace the TWCS as
is out of adjustment or has the feed sequence will not begin. required.
malfunctioned.
Loose Track springs. If the nuts that hold the track springs are Replace and adjust worn locking nuts..
too loose, the spring will not have
sufficient force to hold the track closed
when the wire is fed around the track.
This will allow the wire to buckle and/or
escape from the track. The locking nuts
holding the track spring may be worn.
Broken track screws. Broken track screws allow the track to Replace and adjust broken track
freely open. The track cannot contain the screws, springs, and nuts, as needed.
wire as it is fed around the track.
8.8 FAILS TO The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) If the feed stop switch (FSS) is out of Adjust the feed stop switch (FSS).
COMPLETE FEED remains actuated. adjustment, the wire will not feed.
Twister Pinion is not timed If the Twister Pinion is not installed with Time the Twister Pinion as described in
correctly. the slot up when the twister is in home Section 6.2 “Twister Pinion Timing”.
position the wire may jam when feeding.
Improperly adjusted Unit If the unit centering timer is not adjusted Adjust the unit centering timer. .
Centering Timer. properly, the unit may convey through
the Unityer® without stopping.
Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received then The bale finishing line control system
properly from the bale finishing the bale will continue without tying must be debugged by qualified
line control system. personnel
8.10 WIRE BREAKS Defective gripper. A defective Gripper can damage the wire Rotate the gripper to another one of the
IN THE KNOT creating a weak spot. Twisting will cause four gripping surfaces or replace the
the wire to break. gripper as needed.
Worn or defective twister pinion. A worn or defective twister pinion may Replace the twister pinion and twister
chafe the wire. Subsequent twisting will pinion journals as required.
break the wire.
Worn or defective right hand or Worn or defective right hand or left hand Replace the worn or defective guides.
left hand guides. guides could chafe the wire. Subsequent
twisting will break the wire.
8.11 WIRE Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received at the The bale finishing line control system
IMPROPERLY properly from the bale finishing proper time, the bale will be tied in an must be debugged by qualified
LOCATED line control system. incorrect location. personnel.
Tripped High FLUID High fluid temperature will shut off the Identify and correct the cause of the
Temperature Switch. hydraulic power unit. Possible causes problem. Restart the system after
include: allowing the fluid to cool.
1. Low fluid
2. Fluid cooler failure
3. Fluid heater temperature set to high
4. Constricted flow in the hydraulic
circuit.
Tripped Low Fluid Switch. The hydraulic power unit will shut off if Locate and repair any leaks. Refill the
the hydraulic fluid is low. hydraulic reservoir with the
recommended hydraulic fluid.
Feed and tension unit doors are Open doors will shut-down the machine Close the doors.
open. and not allow it to start.
Stop button has been pressed. If the stop button is pressed , the machine Reset the stop button to enable the start
will not start. circuit and restart the machine.
8.14 TOP Side Compactor Closed Switch If the Side Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Side Compactor Closed
COMPACTOR DOES (SCCS) is out of adjustment. (SCCS) is set too high, the top compactor Switch (SCCS)
NOT DESCEND cycle will not start.
8.15 SIDE Side Compactor Closed Switch If the Side Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Side Compactor Closed
COMPACTOR DOES (SCCS) is out of adjustment. (SCCS) is set too high, the top compactor Switch (SCCS)
NOT COME IN OR IS cycle will not start or will be interrupted.
INTERRUPTED
8.16 CYCLE DOES Bale Entry or Exit switches have If the Bale Entry Switch (BES) has failed Set the machine to manual mode and
NOT START failed or are out of adjustment. or is out of adjustment, the unit will be manually convey the unit out of the
conveyed as far as the Bale Exit Switch Unityer®. Shut the machine off and do
(BXS) and stop. Both the Bale Entry and the following:
Exit Switches (BES,BXS) must be 1. Check the Bale Entry and Exit
actuated to initiate the Unityer® cycle.. Switches (BES, BXS) for
proper actuation
2. Ensure proper switch cable
connection.
3. Adjust switches as necessary.
An optional wire testing machine is used to test the strength of the knot and the strength of
the wire for Quality Assurance and Quality Control. For operation and maintenance of this
machine, see the testing machine operating manual that is located in Section 13.0.
“MANUFACTURER’S DATA SHEETS”.
An optional pusher valve can be included on E9700 Unityer® Hydraulic Unit to provide
hydraulic power for a unit pusher typically supplied by others. The valve supplied is a 3
position, 4 way valve with 24 VDC solenoids. This valve is typically controlled by the bale
finishing line control system. For operation and maintenance of this valve, see the testing
machine operating manual that is located in Section 13.0. “MANUFACTURERS DATA
SHEETS”.
ELECTRICAL CONTROL: Siemens S7 series PLC with B&R Power Panel 100
HMI is standard. Allen Bradley ControlLogix PLC
with PanelView Plus touchscreen is optional. Control
voltage is 24VDC. Tying Station motors are controlled
by Kebco closed loop motion control drives.
MACHINE DATA:
Components listed are Oval International® standards, however, specifications are subject to
change without notice.
Components listed are Oval International® standards, however, specifications are subject to
change without notice.
11.1. INTRODUCTION.
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient, and trouble-free service for
many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully considered to
ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our engineering and
manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure a consistently high quality. As with any
powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of personal injury or equipment
damage if appropriate precautions are not taken. You must carefully read and fully
understand the safety section and related safety precautions in other sections of this manual
before installing the E9700 Unityer®. The safety sections detail inherent risks and general
safety considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of this machine. Failure
to follow the precautions could result in equipment damage, personal injury, and/or loss of
life. All installation personnel must be trained and qualified for their positions.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the Unityer® indicate situations that require
extra attention during installation of the machine. Observe the associated precautions
carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous situations.
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel potential
hazards.
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on this machine.
2. Stay clear of the bundle opening when the machine is in the automatic mode.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this machine.
4. Stay clear of the wire and wire coil when the Unityer® is operating in the
automatic mode.
5. The use of suitable hearing protection is required when working near this
machine.
6. The use of suitable foot protection is required when working near this
machine.
The following safety precautions must be observed when installing or working on this
machine.
4. Do not remove plug-in cables with the power supply under load.
6. Cooling fans remain in operation when the doors are open. Keep
body parts out of the fans. Do not touch any exposed wires.
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on the
Unityer®.
Use the hoisting provisions that are provided (see the “General
Arrangement” drawing) for moving the Compactor Station. The Compactor Station and its
components must be moved using a suitable crane. The coil carrier may be moved into
position using a suitable crane or fork lift. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and may be
moved by hand.
Weights:
The E9700 Unityer® is generally installed near the end of an automated bale finishing line.
The top of the conveyor drive chains are usually situated at the same elevation as the
conveying line in which the Unityer® is installed. To raise the Unityer® to the proper
elevation, the machine is usually installed on concrete pedestals that are cast into the floor.
The end user or consulting firm is responsible for the installation of the pedestals and floor
plate for mounting the Unityer®.
The Unityer® is disassembled when it is shipped and must be reassembled once it arrives at
the mill site. To move the Unityer® and its components requires the use of a crane and/or
fork lifts of suitable size. Refer to the individual Assembly and Installation drawings located
in this manual for specific details on the assembly of the machine components.
The following procedure must be followed for the proper assembly and installation of the
E9700 Unityer®.
1. Install the Unityer® machine base on the pedestals. Bolt the machine base down with the
bolts provided. (See the “Installation” and “Floor Construction” drawings for specific
details).
2. Mount the L.H. vertical columns to the base. (See the “Frame Assembly” for specific
detail)
3. Mount the R.H. vertical columns to the base. (See the “Frame Assembly” drawing for
specific detail).
4. Mount the top beam and side compactor carriages to the columns as a unit. (See the
“Frame Assembly” drawing for specific detail).
5. Securely tighten the bolts holding the top beam, L.H. column, R.H. column and base
together.
6. Lift the side compactors arms into the side compactor carriages and tighten the mounting
bolts securely (See the “Side Compactor” drawing for specific detail).
7. Install the Top Compactor and Top Compactor cylinders. From shipment, the Top
Compactor is resting on the conveyor and is in the proper position for installation. (See
the “Top Compactor Assembly” drawing for specific detail).
8. Install the equalizing shaft pinion gear guards. (See the “Top Compactor Assembly”
drawing for specific detail).
To install the Coil Carrier refer to the General Arrangement, Floor Construction and Coil
Carrier Assembly drawings.
For details on the control panel and field wiring, refer to the “Control
Panel” drawing and the “Field Wiring” drawing. Before any work is done on the Unityer®
electrical circuit, ensure it is disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the "lock
out, tag out" procedure as described in section 7.2 of the maintenance manual. Carefully read
the information on the drawings mentioned above. Wire numbering is to be permanently
installed. The local codes and laws pertaining to electrical installation activities must be
strictly followed. All electrical installation personnel must be trained and authorized.
Read this section of the manual carefully before beginning the de-installation of
the E9700 Unityer® as it deals with potential risks occurring during de-installation. Failure to
follow mentioned precautions and safety warnings may result in personal injury. Ensure
there are no units entering the Unityer® from either direction during de-installation activities.
Before starting electrical de-installation activities on the Unityer®, ensure that all electrical
sources are disconnected, and use the "lock out, tag out" procedure as mentioned in chapter
"MAINTENANCE". The interlocks with other equipment in the line must be disconnected
before starting de-installation activities.
Use the hoisting provisions that are provided (see the “General
Arrangement” drawing) for moving the Compactor Station. The Unityer® and its
components must be moved using a crane, suitable for listed weights. The coil carrier may
be moved into position using a suitable fork lift. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and can
be moved by hand.
Weights:
Place the Unityer® and its parts on a on a flat surface to ensure there is no
tipping risk for the machine or its parts.
Remove the wire from the machine as described in section 4.14 of the Operating instructions.
For reference, see the floor construction drawing located in the Installation
section of this manual. Ensure that all nuts and bolts are removed before any hoisting
activity starts. Use adequate moving equipment such as a forklift for the Coil Carrier, and a
crane for the Compactor Station. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and can be moved by
hand.
Refer to the Coil Carrier, Coil Carrier Cage, and Floor Construction drawings for details on
the Coil Carrier
The Tying Unit should be removed from the Compactor Station and moved separately to the
new location. Refer to the “REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE COMPACTOR
STATION” instructions in the ADJUSTMENTS section of this manual for details.
12.7 CONVEYORS.
For reference, see the Conveyor Assembly drawing. The Tying Unit entry side conveyors can
be opened for adjusting and maintenance activities. Refer to the Conveyor Assembly drawing
for specific details. Make sure that the conveyors are secured in their original position when
they are moved to a new location.
Refer to the Frame, Side Compactor and Top Compactor assembly drawings for specific
details. Remove the side compactor arms first using adequate hoisting equipment and the
lifting points provided. Remove the top beam and side compactor carriages as a unit and then
remove the top compactors, using adequate hoisting equipment. Stay clear of the Unityer®
For details on the control panel and field wiring refer to the Control Panel drawing and the
Field Wiring drawing. Before any work is done on the Unityer® electrical circuit, ensure that
the unit is disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the "lock out, tag out"
procedure as described in section 7.2 of the maintenance manual.. Carefully read the
information on the drawings mentioned above and leave the wire numbering intact after
disconnection from the control panels. The local codes pertaining to electrical activities must
be followed.
®
“OVALMATIC QUALITY” UNITIZING WIRE
Description:
“Ovalmatic® Quality” Tying and Unitizing Wire is a carbon steel wire with a galvanized
coating. The wire is manufactured to meet international standards for bale tying and unitizing
wire.
Coating:
Bright Galvanized with a nominal thickness of 54.9 grams of zinc per square meter of wire
surface.
Finish:
The wire is coated with a 2 – 4% solution of specific wax coating for extended resistance to
oxidation and surface deterioration.
Packaging considerations:
1. Wire is secured with materials which will not promote or accelerate wire deterioration
in any manner.
2. Package is designed so that there is no contact between handling equipment and the
wire itself.
3. Avoidance of any plastic material being in direct contact with the wire.
4. Designed to minimize if not eliminate exposure to moisture or contamination of same.
5. Identification system in place allowing traceability and easy identification of material.
Containment:
Wire is usually secured via the use of 20mm flat steel strapping which is tensioned in place
with sufficient force to minimize bouncing, chafing or interweaving during handling and
transport.
Testing:
Prior to shipment each coil of Wire is tested to determine that it meets specification standards
for the individual customer’s requirements. Test results are recorded and sent to the customer
for access as required by International Unitizing Regulations on traceability to wire usage on
actual pulp production.
======================================= =============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================= =============================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/3
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
============================================================= =============
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================================================= =============
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
============================================================= ===========
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================================================= ===========
FORM E08-A
DATE: 05 FEB 18 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
ENGR: DDR PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4479 E9700
GEAR PLATE, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END
13C818-0
=========================================================== ==============
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============
=========================================================== ==============
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
======================================================= ================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================
1 1 7D060 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================================================
1 1 7D059 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
FORM E08-A
DATE: 06 JAN 06 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
ENGR: DRD PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4745 E9700
TWISTER TOP END
PIVOT BLOCK, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
14C129-0
========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================================================
========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
=========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
DATE: 04 OCT 01 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
ENGR: DDR PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4413 E9700 UNITYER
FIXED COVER, SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END
13C603-0
====================================================== ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================== ===========================
============================================================ =============
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================================================ =============
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/3
========================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================== ==============================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3
========================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================== ==============================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3
========================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================== ==============================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 JAN 26
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 10
ECN#: 5305 PARTS LIST
4993 E9700 UNITYER
4757 ARCH ASSEMBLY
13E134-2
====================================================== ====================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
====================================================== ====================================
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
8
5
11 10
7 7
9
2
1
1 8
6
8
6
8
5 12
8
10
8
6
8 6
14
8
12
NOTES:
1. BAG AND OR TAG WITH DRAWING NUMBER AND REVISION
2. INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
6 3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES
8 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
8 (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
13 4 OTHER THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
LENGTH MACHINED OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
ARCH ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
04/10/2008 2 5305 DDR/RDG 30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
09/20/2006 1 4993 DDR/LLC
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/19/2006 DRAWING NO REV
8 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:10 13E134-2
1/26/2006 0 4757 DDR/RDG ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
============================================== ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
============================================== ===========================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3
============================================== ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
============================================== ===========================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3
============================================== ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
============================================== ===========================
FORM E08-A
9 7
28
10
9
4
8
29
26 9
10
2
14
26
29
33 15
3
16
32 17 30
33
32
31 31
27 17
16 19
9 15
23
20 1
30 35
12
9
9 13
10
18 22
10
9
24
36 1
1 1
34
25
1
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
UNITYER TYING UNIT
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 FRAME ASSEMBLY
21 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
08/09/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 5/10/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
05/10/06 0 4864 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E171-1
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 12E247
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE1/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE2/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================================
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
20 2 33-285 CABLE PHOENIX CONTACT, 1694499
M12, FEMALE 4 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, STRAIGHT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
21 3.5m 32-442 CABLE OLFLEX, 1600107
4 CONDUCTOR, 10 AWG, CE MARK
1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314ER
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
1 LOCKNUT ANY, 1" NPT STEEL
1 INSULATING BUSHING ANY, 1" PLASTIC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
22 4m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
STRANDED CABLE, HIGH FLEX
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
35 1 33-771 PLUG LEVITON, 430P5W
3 POLE PLUS GROUND, MAX 600VAC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
36 2.5m 33-220 CONDUIT PMA, PCSG-29B
HIGHLY FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLACK
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
37 1 33-221 CONNECTOR PMA, NVNV-P299
STRAIGHT STRAIGHT, PG METAL THREAD
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
39 1 7D114 CABLE PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
40 2.5m 32-762 FLEX CONDUIT CARLON, 15108
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
41 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13AA-N-R
3 DISCONNECT, FEMALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIB-C
3 DISCONNECT, MALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIM-C
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
42 8m 33-226 CONDUIT PMA, CYLG-29B
FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLACK
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
43 18 33-224 SUPPORT CLIP PMA, BFH-29-000
18 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1.0 x 12, ZINC PLATED
18 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
18 FLAT WASHER M6
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
44 3 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13NR-R
1/2 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE3/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================================
45 2 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD16NA-R
1/2 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
46 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD21NR-R
3/4 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
47 3 7D345 CABLE, ENCODER
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
48 3 33-273 PLUG AMP, 206485-1
3 33-272 RECEPTACLE AMP, 206486-2
6 32-405 CABLE CLAMP AMP, 206358-1
27 PINS, MALE AMP, 1-66506-0
27 PINS, FEMALE AMP, 1-66504-0
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
49 4 33-441 SHIM PLATE PILZ, 534 310
FOR SAFETY SWITCHES
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
50 1 33-400 CONNECTOR, FEMALE HARTING, 09 12 006 3001
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
51 2 PCS 33-406 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6124
GOLD PLATED FOR PROFIBUS CONNECTION
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
52 4 PCS 33-404 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6102
SILVER PLATED FOR DISCRETE I/O CONNECTION
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
53 1 33-415 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-1121-BR
PG11 TO PG21
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
54 1 33-416 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-2129-BR
PG21 TO PG29
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
55 4 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M16/R
M16 x 1.5, PLASTIC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
57 1 33-440 SAFETY DOOR SWITCH PILZ, 505 222
MAG, RND (INC ACT) 1 NO, 1 NC, M8x1 CONNECTOR
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
58 1 33-437 HOOD, WITH GASKET HARTING, 09 20 003 1443
TOP ENTRY
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
59 2 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M32/R
M32 x 1.5
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE4/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================================
60 1 33-348 CABLE PHOENIX CONTACT, 1669741
M8, FEMALE 3 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, 90 DEG
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-B
PAGE5/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
=========================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================== ==============================
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
===================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===================================================== ==============================
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
===================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===================================================== ==============================
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
14 15 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 2-5
FOR JUMPERING 2 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
15 8 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 3-5
FOR JUMPERING 3 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
16 5 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 4-5
FOR JUMPERING 4 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
17 5 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 5-5
FOR JUMPERING 5 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
18 4 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 10-5
FOR JUMPERING 10 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
19 1 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 15-5
FOR JUMPERING 15 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
20 18 END BRACKET PHOENIX, E/UK
UNIVERSAL
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
21 10 TERMINAL STRIP MARKER PHOENIX, KLM-A
HOLDS BLOCK LABELS
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
22 1.5m DIN RAIL AB, 1492 DR-6
TALL VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
23 0.5m 33-395 DIN RAIL PHOENIX, 0801733
STANDARD VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
24 2 32-933 MOUNTING RAIL SIEMENS, 482 mm LENGTH
FOR S7-300 SYSTEM
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
25 1 32-880 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
FOR I/O 24V DC, 10A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
26 1 32-878 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
FOR PLC & HMI 24V DC, 2A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
27 1 33-114 PROCESSOR MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 315-2AG10-0AB0
INTEGRATED 128KB, REQ'S MMC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
28 1 33-190 PROCESSOR MMC SIEMENS, 6ES7 953-8LJ00-0AA0
512K CARD, REQ'D FOR PROCESSOR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
29 1 32-876 INPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL INPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
30 1 32-929 OUTPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL OUTPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
31 1 33-115 PROFIBUS CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
MODEL 342-5 COMMUNICATION PROCESSOR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
32 2 32-926 FRONT CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 922-3BC50-0AC0
WITH CABLE FOR 32 I/O CARDS, 2.5 M
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
33 2 32-911 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
90 DEGREE, PROG INTERFACE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
34 3 32-910 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6GK1 500-0FC00
STRAIGHT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
35 3.0m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
STRANDED CABLE, HIGH FLEX
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
36 3 33-133 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2310-8
10A, 3 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
37 1 33-134 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2106-8
6 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
38 1 33-162 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2108-8
8 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
39 1 33-622 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2102-7
2 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
40 1 33-621 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2101-7
1 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
41 2 33-623 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2103-7
3 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
42 3 33-098 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-OV 2-24 DC/24 DC/5
SOLID STATE, DC/DC 24VDC IN, 24VDC OUT @ 5 A
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
43 1 33-350 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-REL2-KG230AC/1 AU
MECHANICAL, AC/DC 230VAC COIL, 2 A CONTACT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
45 5 33-125 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UDK-RELG 2
2 POSITION, FOR RELAYS SCREW STYLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
46 1 33-113 SOCKET PHOENIX CONTACT, SD-D/SC/LA
FOR LAPTOP RAIL MOUNTED, GREEN, EUROPLUG
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
47 3 33-251 PROFIBUS ADAPTER KEBCO, 00.F5.060-3000
FOR F5 DRIVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
48 2 33-275 V/F DRIVE KEBCO, 10.F5.M3D-LBD0
F5 MODEL, W/ FILTER 3 HP
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
49 1 33-252 V/F DRIVE KEBCO, 13.F5.M3D-L9D0
F5 MODEL, W/ FILTER 7.5 HP
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
50 3 33-394 CABLE CLIPS KEB, 00.90.T84-P014
FOR F5 DRIVE 14MM VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
51 1 33-620 E-STOP SAFETY MODULE PILZ, PNOZ X2.7P C, 787 306
CATEGORY 4 24-240 VDC & VAC, 3 N/C
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
52 1 DIODE ANY MAKE, 1N4002
OR EQUIVALENT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
53 1 GROUNDING LUG ILSCO, TA-0
FOR MAIN GROUND
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
54 1 11C627 NAMEPLATE "PE"
FOR GROUND LUG
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
55 1 32-677 CABINET SEAL ROX SYSTEM, CF 16
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
56 4 32-670 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 20W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
57 5 32-669 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 15W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
58 1 32-751 SWIVEL CONNECTOR RACO, 4754
FOR TRANS CONDUIT
1 LOCK NUT, 1" NPT RACO, 1004
1 BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
59 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314E
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
1 LOCK NUT, 1" NPT RACO, 1004
1 BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
60 1 HOLE PLUG McMASTER-CARR, 9357K12
FIBERGLASS FOR 3/4" OPENING
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
61 1 HOLE PLUG McMASTER-CARR, 9357K13
FIBERGLASS FOR 1" OPENING
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
62 1 33-434 CABINET COOLER KIT EXAIR, 4740
NEMA 4 RATED INC. AIR DISTR KIT AND FILTER
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
63 1 12E597 CABINET THERMOSTAT
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
64 3.0m WIRING DUCT, 1.5 X 4 PANDUIT, F1.5X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
3.0m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1.5LG6
25 RIVETS, NYLON PANDUIT, NR1-M
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
65 3.5m WIRING DUCT, 1 X 4 PANDUIT, F1X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
3.5m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1LG6
20 RIVETS, NYLON PANDUIT, NR1-M
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
66 4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
4 61-073 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A314
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
67 1 13E275 BACK PANEL ASSEMBLY
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M3-0.5 x 8, ZINC PLATED
14 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M4-0.7 x 8, ZINC PLATED
20 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M5-0.8 x 8, ZINC PLATED
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1.0 x 8, ZINC PLATED
2 HEX NUT M5-0.8, ZINC PLATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
68 4 11E976 HANDLE BRACKET SUPPORT
4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
16 61-072 RUBBER WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 90130A040
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
69 4 7D153 HANDLE BRACKET
12 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 20, ZINC PLATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
70 2 7D154 HANDLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
71 1 7D106 REINFORCING PLATE
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1 x 16, ZINC PLATED
8 NYLOC NUT M6-1
8 61-074 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A312
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1 x 40, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
72 1 33-524 ETHERNET CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK73431CX000XE0
CP343-1 LEAN
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
73 1 33-572 CONNECTOR MTG, NVNZ-P299S/STO
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
STRAIGHT METAL THREAD, PG29,
BL, W/SOLID GROMMET
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
74 1 13E674 COOLING TUBE
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
75 1 21-062 PVC CONNECTOR BOSHART IND., PVCFA-05
THREADED MALE TO 1/2" 1435-005
FEMALE PVC FEMALE ADAPTERS
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
76 1 21-063 NYLON FITTING FAIRVIEW, 555-8
90 DEGREE ELBOW 1/2"
MALE TO MALE HOSE BARB TO HOSE BARB
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
77 1 33-755 SHAFT SIEMENS, CFSS5400H
DOOR HANDLE TO
DISCONNECT SWITCH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
78 1 33-483 3 FT CAT5 COMPUTERSTOP.COM, #CANET017
CROSSOVER CABLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
80 1 7D490 HMI CLAMP PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
81 1 7D492 HMI SEAL GASKET
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
82 1 7D492 HMI SEAL PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER M6, ZINC PLATE
4 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
2 SOC HD SCREW M8-1.25 x 30 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================================= ================================
(AS RQD) FERRULE, SINGLE, INSULATED, #20 AWG
(AMERICAN ELECTRICAL, 1181075 OR EQUIV.)
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK #10 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/1
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
ECN#: 5086 PARTS LIST
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
===========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
ECN#: 5086 PARTS LIST
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
===========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
19 14
WIRE LUBRICATOR
AUTO AIR
BLOW OUT
WIRE LUBRICATOR
INJECTION BLOCK
CONTROL CABINET
COLLER
12X2
2 18
2
A B A B 2 A B 2 A B
A B A B A B
SPARE
28
28 26
R2 R2 PLUG
PLUG P
R1 12X2
R1
6X1
PRESSURE
12X2 SWITCH
1
12X2
13
MILL INSTRUMENT
AIR SUPPLY
FLOW MAXIMUM = 1.13m3/MIN
PRESSURE MAXIMUM =.69MPa
PRESSURE MINIMUM =.62MPa
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
04/20/07 2 5086 DDR/LLC 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700
DRAWN BY DATE
08/11/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
02/23/06 0 4790 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:8 13E191-2
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
12
6 13
7
27
26
15
1 29 5
16
19
2
14
6 17
28
1 5
11 5
5
4 25
6
2
4
2
18 28 9
3 3
10
4 5
2
16
20 8
21
24
23
24
22
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700 TM AND UT
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:5 13E191-2
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
2 12
8
1
6 5
2 11
8
2
5
10
FINISH SPEC
4 NONE
INCORPORATED
HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
CASTER AND SPACER 950mm
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 ASSEMBLY
08/11/06 2 4946 DDR/LLC DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 UNITYER
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
02/27/06 1 4796 DDR/LLC UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 2/2/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
02/09/06 0 4772 DDR/LLC
REF DWG
1:6 13E170-2
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG THIRD ANGLE 12E282
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 MAY 25
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
ECN#: 5029 PARTS LIST
4964 E9700 UNITYER TYING UNIT
4877 DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E340-2
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===========================================================================================
1 1 11C724 CE MARK
POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 61-180 LABEL, LOCK OUT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 61-179 LABEL, SAFETY GLASSES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 61-173 LABEL, TRIP
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
5 3 61-166 LABEL, PINCH
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-167 LABEL, ELECTRICAL WARNING
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 7D463 NAMEPLATE (OVAL)
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 61-184 LABEL, PUSH/PULL HAZARD
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 61-170 LABEL, HOT SURFACE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 61-165 LABEL, AUTO START
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 61-249 LABEL, ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 61-250 LABEL, PULP MILL TECHNOLOGIES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 61-251 TRANSPARENT STRIP, BLUE.
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
16 2 61-252 TYPE PLATES, INDIVIDUALLY NUMBERED
PER MACHINE BY ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
100
55
160
25
170 90
20
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 6 2
15 15
70
70
50
DETAIL C
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL E
SCALE 1 : 6 2
1 16
15
G 1
(HOT SURFACE) 11 3 (SAFETY GLASSES)
1 14
7 (ELECTRICAL) (CE) 1
A C
(PINCH) 5 6 (ENTANGLEMENT)
(LOCKOUT) 2
13 1 (PUSH/PULL) 10 B
(LOGO) 9
1 16 2
E
D
F
8 (SERIAL PLATE) 2
4 (TRIP)
20
145
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
DECAL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
12/12/2006 2 5029 PFJ/LLC
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
11/06/06 1 4964 PFJ/LLC 120 TO 400
DETAIL G 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
5/29/2006 DRAWING NO REV
05/29/06 0 4877 PFJ/LLC
SCALE 1 : 6 2 DETAIL D UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:12 13E340-2
ENGR
DETAIL F ± 1.2 ± 2.0
SCALE
SCALE 1 : 6 2
1000 TO 2000 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
SCALE 1 : 6 2 DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
12E710
REVISION RECORD PROJECTION
SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
15 15
145
70
140
450
50
DETAIL H
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL K 2
70 SCALE 1 : 6
50
70
DETAIL L
SCALE 1 : 6 2 12 (AUTO START) 3 (SAFETY GLASSES)
20
45
H
10
(PUSH/PULL)
9 (LOGO) 2
DETAIL J
SCALE 1 : 6 2
L 5
(PINCH POINT) (PINCH POINT)
5
K
6 (ENTANGLEMENT) (TRIP) 4
J
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
DECAL ASSEMBLY
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700 UNITYER
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
5/29/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:12 13E340-2
ENGR SCALE
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
12E710
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================
1 1 11E801 BASE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E142 COLUMN
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M20-2.5 X 60, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M20 STD ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
3 1 13E143 COLUMN
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M20-2.5 X 60, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M20 STD ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
4 1 11E813 TOP BEAM
8 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M30-3.5 X 75 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M30 STD ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
6 1 60-805 CHANNEL, UNISTRUT, P4100HS X 1400MM LONG
2 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M12-1.75 X 25 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
7 2 12E010 SWITCH MOUNT
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
8 4 61-145 KNOB, MISUMI, NCRM8-25
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
10 4 7D374 STOP BAR
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
11 6 61-231 BUMPER, MCMASTER CARR, 9677K15
6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 25 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
12 4 12C892 CLAMP, 18mm PROX
8 SOC HD SCREW, M6-1.0 X 20 ZINC PLATE
4 SOC HD SCREW, M6-1.0 X 25 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
13 8 7D080 COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
14 1 11E817 DRIP PAN
4 SOC HD SCREW, M10-1.5 X 20 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 7D405 STOP BRACKET
2 HEX HD SCREW, M12-1.75 X 25 ZINC PLATE
2 FLAT WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 61-236 BUMPER, MCMASTER CARR, 95465231
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
3334 7
FACE TO FACE
21
8
456.6
6 10
20
3
12 11
12 4
2 11
21
10
19
20
1 24
22 23 12
19
11 1
21
14
16
15
8 X 13
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
FRAME ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
10/05/06 1 4997 PFJ/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 1/26/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1/27/06 0 4759 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:20 13E117-1
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============================
1 2 11E867 LH FRAME
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 35 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
2 2 11E868 RH FRAME
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 35 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
3 2 11E869 BEARING MOUNT
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 30 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
-------------------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
4 12 51-774 LOCKING ASSEMBLY B-LOC, B106 SP 50
12 SPACER RING (COMES WITH LOCKING ASSEMBLY)
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
5 12 7D120 SPROCKET
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
6 2 40-999 BEARING SEALMASTER, TB-210TMC
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M16-2.0 X 35 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M16 STD ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
7 4 40-984 BEARING SEALMASTER, SFC-210TMC
16 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M12-1.75 X 50 ZINC PLATE
16 FLAT WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
8 2 7D119 DRIVE SHAFT
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
9 6 12E539 FIXED CONVEYOR
6 SOC HD SET SCREW, M10-1.5 X 60 ZINC PLATE
6 HEX NUT, M10-1.5 ZINC PLATE
6 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
24 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 40 ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
10 6 7D121 WEAR STRIP
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
11 12 7D122 CHAIN GUIDE
48 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5-0.8 X 25
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
12 48 13C777 WASHER
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================================== ==============================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 08 JAN 24
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700 UNITYER
SIDE COMPACTOR
81 W X 92 H OPENING
14E002-0
=====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=====================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 08 JAN 24
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700 UNITYER
SIDE COMPACTOR
81 W X 92 H OPENING
14E002-0
=====================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=====================================================================================
2 JACK SCREW, FULL THREAD M10-1.5 X 100
2 HEX NUT M10-1.5 ZINC PLATE
4 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 70 ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
23 1 14C149 CLEVIS
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
24 2 13C715 CLEVIS PIN
4 COTTER PIN, NO. 5 X 35 LONG
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
25 4 13C925 HARD STOP
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M24 - 3.0 X 60 ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
26 1 13E315 RH FILLER
3 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 20
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
27 1 13E316 LH FILLER
3 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 20
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
28 2 14C187 SPACER
4 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 30
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
29 2 61-231 BUMPER
2 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 10
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
30 8 14E003 CLADDING
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
31 140 in 61-259 TAPE, 3M, 4950 x 1 INCH WIDE
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
10
4 3 10
5
2
3
2 4
2 4
5 10
4 4 5
3 1 5
2
25
4
9
3
25
4
15 30 31 10
4 2
2 13
25 2
10 3 5
4
5 5 10
A B
24 25
13
2 15
2
3 4
B 6.50
4 DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 4 PRESS DEPTH
5 10
SECTION B-B
19 SCALE 1 : 4
23
9 29 7
28
30 31 18
26
29
28
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
FORM NO E78-A
C D
30
30 30 30
31
31 31 31
30 CLADDING
30
31 TAPE
30 30
31
31 31
145 145
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
31 DISTRIBUTE TAPE EVENLY ON CLADDING
CENTER CLADDING ON COMPACTOR TUBE THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
14E001-0
==================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==================================================================================
1 2 13E148 TOP COMPACTOR BEAM
16 SOC HD SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 45 ZINC PLATE
16 FLAT WASHER, M16 STD ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
2 1 11E841 END PLATE
1 SOCKET SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 60, DIN 913
1 JAM NUT, M10 - 1.5, ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
3 1 11E842 END PLATE
1 SOCKET SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 60, DIN 913
1 JAM NUT, M10 - 1.5, ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
4 4 11E823 GUIDE BAR
40 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 60 ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
5 4 11E822 RACK
40 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 60 ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
7 8 40-983 ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-47-S
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
8 2 11E845 EQUALIZER SHAFT
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
9 4 40-984 BEARING, SEALMASTER, SFC-210TMC
16 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 50 ZINC PLATE
16 FLAT WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
10 4 7D103 GEAR
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
11 4 51-768 LOCKING ASSEMBLY, B-LOC, B112 35X60
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
12 4 13C322 ROLLER BAR
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 40 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD ZINC PLATE
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
14E001-0
==================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==================================================================================
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
16 6 40-985 SPHERICAL BEARING, INA, GE40DO2RS
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
17 4 13C321 CYLINDER PIN
8 COTTER PIN, 9/64 DIA X 2 INCH
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
18 4 41-042 EYE BRACKET, PENINSULAR, IHP63-72PL OR EQUIV.
16 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M18 - 2.5 X 50, ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
20 4 12E009 RACK GUARD
20 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 16 ZINC PLATE
20 FLAT WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
20 LOCK WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
21 1 11E861 END PLATE
1 SOCKET SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 60, DIN 913
1 JAM NUT, M10 - 1.5, ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
22 1 11E862 END PLATE
1 SOCKET SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 60, DIN 913
1 JAM NUT, M10 - 1.5, ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
23 2 13C356 LINK
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
24 2 13C355 LINK PIN
4 COTTER PIN, 9/64 DIA X 2 INCH
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
26 4 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW, MISUMI, BGP20-27-L40
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
14E001-0
==================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==================================================================================
31 140 in 61-259 TAPE 3M, 4950 x 1 INCH WIDE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
7
17 26
16 13
12
11
11
7 10
10
17
16
3 8
2
9
9
21 26
13
9
12
12
13
26
1 16 7
30 31 17
23
9 16
30 31 24
29
23 7 10
7
11
12
13
16 24
26
16 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
22 17 10 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
7 11 LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/23/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
01/23/08 0 5246 JOR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
29
SEE SHEET 3
A A
20 20
20
20
SEE FRAME
ASSEMBLY
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/23/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
4 5 5 17
4
TOP OF COLUMN
17
104.6
14
18 SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 8
28
24
CYLINDER MOUNTING DETAIL
8
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
69.6 9 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
DETAIL E LENGTH MACHINED
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
SCALE 1 : 4
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/23/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
SHEET 3 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
HYDRAULIC UNIT WITH MANIFOLD
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=================================================== ========================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
HYDRAULIC UNIT WITH MANIFOLD
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=================================================== ========================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
HYDRAULIC UNIT WITH MANIFOLD
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=================================================== ========================================
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
39 REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
23
20 SIDE COMPACT
35
23 25 30 BAR (435 PSI) MAX
20 40 p a
PUSHER 21
t b
24 23
38 16
20
37 p a P T B A
TOP COMPACT
PRV2
34 t b
SPARE
p
P T B A P T B A a
P T B A
t b
24
11
PRESSURE
G1/4 BSPP
TEST PORTS
15 G2
P T B A P T B A P T B A P T B A
G1/4 BSPP
PRV
G1
P
C1
G1/4 BSPP
32 23
M33 x 2.0
R1 C3 29
18 138 BAR (2000 PSI)
C2
SV2
SEE NOTE 4
17 T M33 x 2.0 G3/4 BSPP T RESERVOIR
FILL PORT
221 BAR(3200 PSI) MAX
SEE NOTE 4 26
FCB1 FCA1
FCB2 FCA2 FCB3 FCA3 SV1
13 13 19 19 19 19 28 27
M27 x 2.0 A5
23
M27 x 2.0 B5
G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M27 x 2.0 M27 x 2.0
22 22
NOTE:
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT 36x5.5 36x5.5
RANGE RANGE
PUSHER 34.5 BAR (500 PSI) SIDE COMPACTOR 34.5 BAR (500 PSI) TOP COMPACTOR 1). HYDRAULIC UNIT TO BE BUILT ACCORDING TO OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TO 50/36X1100 TO SPECIFICATION 1B607 (LATEST REVISION). REFER TO DRAWING 12E735
(BY OTHERS) 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI) 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI) 63/45X1500 TO ACCURATELY LOCATE THE TANK, MOTOR, MANIFOLD, PORTS AND
(SEE NOTES 2&4) (SEE NOTES 3&4) MOTOR ELECTRICAL BOX, AS WELL AS MOUNTING HOLES.
2). SET PRESSURE SWITCH 3 (PS3) TO 10.3 (150 PSI) BAR LESS THAN THE
SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTING, (R1), UP TO THE MAXIMUM SWITCH
SETTING OF 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI). FOR R1 SETTINGS ABOVE 120.7 BAR
47x8 (1750 PSI), SET PS3 TO 120.7 BAR(1750 PSI).
3). SET PRESSURE SWITCH 4 (PS4) TO 10.3 BAR (150 PSI) LESS THAN THE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) SETTING, UP TO THE MAXIMUM
SWITCH SETTING OF 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI). FOR R1 SETTINGS ABOVE 120.7
47x8 BAR (1750 PSI), SET PS3 TO 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI).
4). PRESSURE SETTINGS ARE INITIAL VALUES, BUT ARE FIELD ADJUSTABLE.
46 L/min
14 SEE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION OF THE MANUAL FOR MORE
10 207 BAR (3000 PSI) MAX
INFORMATION.
SEE NOTES 4&5 5). THE SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE (R1) SETTING MUST BE 14 BAR HIGHER THAN
9 THE PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR SETTING.
8 6
5 micron
7 31 4 33
D R A WN BY KI M L . P O WE R S / WE S T E R N FLUI D P O WE R
12 30
50° C
7.5 kW 75° C 3
1740 rpm TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
5 2 ANGULAR ± .5°
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
www.ovalintl.com
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
1 .5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO HYDRAULIC UNIT W/ MANIFOLD
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
227 L max 6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 ASSEMBLY
210 L min 30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING PFJ 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
10/10/07 0 5176 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1:1 13E903-0
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/2
====================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
====================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
5
5
16
16
11
15
17
14
15
12
B
15
9
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5°
8 =SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
DETAIL B 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 3/27/2006
SCALE 1 : 6 3/28/06
DATE
0
REV NO
4791
ECN NO
PFJ/PFJ
ENGR/DFTG
1000 TO 2000
2000 TO 4000
± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM
THIRD ANGLE
ENGR
PFJ SCALE
REF DWG
1:12 13E219-0
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 4
REVISION RECORD
12
28
13
28
SECTION C-C
12
C 13
28
DETAIL G
G SCALE 1 : 6
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1:12
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
13E219-0
C 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REF DWG
SHEET 2 OF 4
3
4 2 X THIS CYLINDER
(BOTH PORTS)
CABLE CARRIER 19
MOUNTING BRACKET 20
18 7X
SEPERATOR 21
5
2
16
16
22
11
11 5
14
15
15
12
14
12
8 X 17
10 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
13
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
COMPACTING STATION FRAMEWORK 30 TO 120
120 TO 400
± 0.3
± 0.5
± 0.5
± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
REMOVED TO SHOW HOSES 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM
DRAWN BY
ENGR
PFJ DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
PFJ SCALE
1:10
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE REF DWG
13E219-0
2000 TO 4000
PROJECTION SHEET 3 OF 4
7 12
3
3 28
1
2
6
27
2
1 F
DETAIL F 14
SCALE 1 : 4 7
16
E
9
9
15 MANIFOLD VIEW
8
(NOT A TRUE SECTION)
11 10
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
DETAIL E .5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
HYDRAULIC PIPING
SCALE 1 : 4
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1:8
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE REF DWG
13E219-0
2000 TO 4000
PROJECTION SHEET 4 OF 4
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 COMPACTOR STATION
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 COMPACTOR STATION
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===================================================================================
30 FLAT WASHER M6
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
18 8.0m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
STRANDED CABLE, HIGH FLEX
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
19 2 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD16AR-GY-N
PG 16 WITH LOCK NUT
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
20 1 12E500 COMMUNICATION CABLE
ASSEMBLY
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
21 1 33-361 WALLMOUNT BRACKET RITTAL, SZ 2433.000
STAINLESS STEEL PACKAGE OF 4
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
22 9 33-636 CABLE IFM Efector, E18006
M12, FEMALE TPE-S CABLE 10M, STRAIGHT, 22AWG
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
23 1 33-400 CONNECTOR, FEMALE HARTING, 09 12 006 3001
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 COMPACTOR STATION
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
===================================================================================
(HELUKABEL, 10006)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 5 COND, 20 AWG, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 10007 OZ)
FORM E08-B
CONDUIT A :
CONDUIT B:
CONDUIT C:
CONDUIT D:
CONDUIT E:
3 CABLE DESCRIPTION DEVICE
&
2
CONDUIT F:
FL
CONDUIT G:
CONDUIT H:
CONDUIT I:
CONDUIT J:
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
COMPACTING STATION
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
WIRING ASSEMBLY
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, BRAZIL
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING RDG 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
10/10/2007 0 5151 BJL/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM BL SCALE
1:12 13E875-0
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 13E437
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
16
17
SCO2S
CONDUIT I
SCO2S
1 22 SCO1S
SCO1S
1 22
CONDUIT H
TCOS
TCOS
1 22
ES2B
4 7 9
10 19 CONDUIT C
COMMUNICATION CABL
ES2B REMOTE ESTOP
E
1 INTERLOCK
N
LI
W
W
O
O
3
POWER
FL
COMMUNICATION CABLE
FL
&
W
REMOTE ESTOP 2
O
E
CONDUIT B
FL
INTERLOCK
N
CONDUIT A
LI
W
CONDUIT E
O
20
FL
CONDUIT J
POWER
ES1B
11 12 15
CONDUIT F
ES1B CONDUIT D
4 7 9 SXS
10 19 XCCS
SES CONDUIT G
ECCS
BXS
2 3
XCCS
1 22
BES
2 3 FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
ECCS BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
1 22 OTHER THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO COMPACTING STATION
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
WIRING ASSEMBLY
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, BRAZIL
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING RDG 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM BL SCALE
1:12 13E875-0
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 13E437
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
Page 1/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================
========================================================= ===========================
FORM E08-B
Page 2/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================
========================================================= ===========================
FORM E08-B
Page 3/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================
========================================================= ===========================
FORM E08-B
Page 4/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================
========================================================= ===========================
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-B
Page 5/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
============================
========================================================= ===========================
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK, #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
19
29 30 40 50
39 18 32
26
20
30 39 21
25
24
36
35
22
52
33
35
37 24
23
36
24 27
23
26
35
2
34 3
4
38
39 39
5 THRU 16 45 40 43
41 52 FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
18 39 17 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, PORTUGAL
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
BJL 1:3 13E874-0
ENGR SCALE
10/10/2007 0 5151 BJL/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E655
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 08 MARCH 21
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5290
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR
WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
14E062-0
=========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
=========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
QTY MATERIAL
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
9 (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
4 LENGTH MACHINED
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
TOP COMPACTOR
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/16/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:2 14E062-0
ENGR SCALE
03/221/2008 0 5290 DDR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E125
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/16/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:12 14E062-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E125
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
====================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================
1 1 13E317 HANGER, RH
4 BUTTON HD CS, M10-1.5 X 20
2 SOC HD CS, M8-1.25 X 13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E321 ARM, RH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 40-982 ROLLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW
1 HEX JAM NUT, M20-2.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 14C186 PIVOT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 41-044 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZB20-15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 41-043 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI LFZW-20
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 61-240 PIVOT SHAFT, MISUMI HCCG25-191
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 11 61-248 DISK SPRING, CENTURY SPRING CDM-502513
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 41-045 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZF25-25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 13E319 WIRE GUIDE, RH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 60-840 SPRING
1 SOC SHOULDER SCREW M8(M6-1.0) X 20
1 SOC SHOULDER SCREW M8(M6-1.0) X 40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 13E498 RH TIP
2 SPRING PIN, M6 X 10mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
1 LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY
A
12
8
2
2
B
5
10 B 7
3
11
10
11
3
11
1
LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY 5 6
2
4
2 11
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1 : 1
SECTION A-A
13
A 3 2
3 2 13
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
RH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
9/27/2006 3 4997 PFJ/PFJ
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 WIRE GUIDE
8/4/2006 2 4944 PFJ/PFJ 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
8/1/2006 1 4939 PFJ/PFJ 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 5/22/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
5/23/06 0 4766 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:2 13E323-3
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1
====================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
====================================================================
1 1 13E318 HANGER, LH
4 BUTTON HD CS, M10-1.5 X 20
2 SOC HD CS, M8-1.25 X 13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E322 ARM, LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 40-982 ROLLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW
1 HEX JAM NUT, M20-2.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 14C186 PIVOT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 41-044 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZB20-15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 41-043 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI LFZW-20
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 61-240 PIVOT SHAFT, MISUMI HCCG25-191
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 11 61-248 DISK SPRING, CENTURY SPRING CDM-502513
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 41-045 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZF25-25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 13E320 WIRE GUIDE, LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 60-840 SPRING
1 SOC SHOULDER SCREW M8(M6-1.0) X 20
1 SOC SHOULDER SCREW M8(M6-1.0) X 40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 13E499 LH TIP
2 SPRING PIN, M6 X 10mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
MATERIAL
LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY
1 12
B
1
2 8
A
9
A
10
9
11 LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY 5
7
10 SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 1
6
3
1
2 11
4
11
B
SECTION B-B
3 2 13
13 2 3
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
LH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
9/27/2006 3 4997 PFJ/PFJ
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 WIRE GUIDE
8/4/2006 2 4944 PFJ/PFJ 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
8/1/2006 1 4939 PFJ/PFJ 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 5/23/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
5/24/06 0 4766 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:2 13E324-3
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
==========================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 MAY 26
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
ECN#: 5065 PARTS LIST
4877 MODEL E9700 UNITYER COMPACTING STATION
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E339-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================================
1 1 11C724 CE MARK
4 POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 61-178 LABEL, HEARING PROTECTION
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 61-179 LABEL, SAFETY GLASSES
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 61-173 LABEL, TRIP
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 61-172 LABEL, SLIP
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
6 3 61-169 LABEL, FALLLABEL, FALL
------------ ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
7 4 61-166 LABEL, PINCH
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
8 4 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 61-170 LABEL, HOT SURFACE
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 1D844 NAMEPLATE (UNITYER)
6 DRIVE SCREW, 1/8 DIA X 3/8
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
11 2 7D463 NAMEPLATE (OVAL)
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 61-167 LABEL, ELECTRICAL WARNING
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
14 4 61-174 LABEL, STAY CLEAR
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 4 61-165 LABEL, AUTOMATIC START
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 61-171 LABEL, HIGH PRESSURE FLUID
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
17 4 61-182 LABEL, SIDE CRUSH
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
18 2 61-181 LABEL, TOP CRUSH
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
19 1 61-180 LABEL, LOCK OUT
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 MAY 26
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
ECN#: 5065 PARTS LIST
4877 MODEL E9700 UNITYER COMPACTING STATION
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E339-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
==========================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/1
=======================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=======================================================================
FORM E08-A
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/2
========================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================= ================================
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
========================================= ================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================================= ================================
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=======================================================================================
1 1 13E988 BASE
1 SOC HD SCREW, M12 - 1.5 X 120, ZINC PLATE
1 NYLOCK NUT, M12 - 1.5
2 FLAT WASHER, M12, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 41-006 CASTER, BASSICK 8ES8-7
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 20 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M8, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 41-007 CASTER, BASSICK 8ER8-7
8 SOC HD CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 20 ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M8, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 4 7D494 DOOR PIVOT BRACKET
16 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 16, ZINC PLATE
16 FLAT WASHER, M8, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 2 61-263 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI, JZW 21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 13E978 DOOR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-383 LATCH , DESTACO 331-R
6 SOC HD CAP SCREW M6-1.0 X 60 ZINC PLATE
6 NYLOCK NUT, M6-1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 13E401 EXIT PULLEY BRACKET
2 HEX HD SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 25, ZINC PLATE
2 FLAT WASHER, M10
2 SHOULDER SCREW, (M6) 8 X 12
1 HEX HD SCREW, FULL LENGTH THREAD, M6 - 1.0 X 45,
ZINC PLATE
1 NUT, M6 - 1.0, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 13E987 DOOR STOP
4 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 16, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER M10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 4 14C124 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
8 SOC HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 20, ZINC PLATE
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=======================================================================================
4 SOC HD SET SCREW, M6 - 1 X 10, ZINC PLATE
8 FLAT WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 4 12C469 WEAR BUSHING
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 3 61-264 SHAFT, MISUMI, FXHA25-4-F27
3 SOC HD SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 30, ZINC PLATE
3 FLAT WASHER, M16, ZINC PLATE
3 SNAP RING, DIN 471, 25MM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 6 40-992 BEARING, NSK, 6005-DDU-NR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 3 7D430 WIRE PULLEY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 3 61-119 SUPPORT BUSHING ECCENTRIC, BISHOP WISECARVER,
MBX3
3 SOC HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 40, ZINC PLATE
3 FLAT WASHER, M8, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 4 41-021 SUPPORT BUSHING, BISHOP WISECARVER, BX3
4 SOC HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 40, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M8, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 7 40-585 ROLLER, BISHOP WISECARVER, W3X
7 SOC HD SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 30, ZINC PLATE
7 LOCK WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
7 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 13E950 OVERHEAD ARM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 2 61-207 CLAMP COLLAR, MISUMI, PSDN 30
4 SOC HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 16, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 61-064 TEE NUT, FABORY, 16196, M8 X 10
1 SOC HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 45, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
21 1 13E402 EXIT PULLEY COVER
1 SHOULDER SCREW, (M12) 16 X 60
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=======================================================================================
1 FLAT WASHER, (M16), ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
22 1 61-037 LATCH SOUTHCO, E3-32-25
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M4 - .7 X 10, ZINC PLATE
2 INTERNAL SERRATED LOCK WASHER, M4, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
23 1 61-038 KEY SOUTHCO, E3-2-1
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
24 3 14C220 STEP TREAD
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
25 1 13C708 LOCATING PIN
1 SOC HD CAP SCREW M12-1.75 X 100 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
26 1 13E925 WIRE GUIDE
4 SOC HD CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 25 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER M8 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
27 1 14C414 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
28 4 7D495 DOOR PIVOT
4 SOC HD SCREW M12-1.75 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M12 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
FORM E08-A
26
27
B 6
15
17 28
12
13 4
14
13
10
6
11 18
7
19 15
17
28 9
12 11
19
13 10 24
4 5
14
13
28
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 5 4
8
11
10
12 A
15
17
14 13
13
3
22
21
2
25
5 3
2
9 28
20
4
10
11
16 FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
17 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
DETAIL A
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
SCALE 1 : 5
E9700
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
2/16/2005 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:10 13E898-0
ENGR SCALE
01/15/08 0 5241 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 08 MARCH 13
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5283
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
14E054-0
============== =============================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
========================= ==================================================================
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1
2
3
4
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
3/12/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:20 14E054-0
ENGR SCALE
03/13/2008 0 5283 JR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E853
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
=========================================== =============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
=========================================== =============================
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 (FOOT PROTECTION)
(FALL) 3
3 (FALL)
(PUSH/PULL) 5
5 (PUSH/PULL)
4 (PINCH)
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
DECAL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 2/16/2005
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
11/22/06 0 5022 PFJ/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E591-0
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 12E712
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
OPENING
2040 (80in) MAX
SIDE COMPACTOR 940 (73in) MIN
ASSEMBLY
CONVEYOR
COMPACTING
STATION
FRAME
ASSEMBLY COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL
TRACK
ASSEMBLY
COIL CARRIER
TOP COMPACTOR
ASSEMBLY
COOLING FAN
POWER
CONNECTION 2995
[117.9in]
HYDRAULIC MAXIMUM
RESERVOIR
CONVEYOR 145 LITERS 2695
ASSEMBLY [38.3 GALLONS] [106.1in]
MINIMUM
950
37.4in
(SHOWN)
CONVEYOR
HEIGHT
MIN 584 (23in) 366.4
14.4in
CONTROL
PANEL REMOVABLE 1610
COIL CARRIER TYING MACHINE 1240
48.8in 63.4in
2679 680
105.5in 26.8in
4608 1360 1873
181.4in 53.5in 73.7in
6180
243.3in
MACHINE WEIGHTS
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
LAGOAS
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
1/25/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
01/30/08 0 5251 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
1470
57.9in
COIL CARRIER
2325
91.5in
3112.9 A A CENTERLINE
OF LOCATING PIN
122.6in
CL CONVEYOR
1589.7
62.6in B
1605 3501
63.2in 137.8in
CENTER HYDRAULIC
POWER UNIT
LINE OF
LOCATING
PIN 1240.5
48.8in
TOUCHSCREEN SECTION A-A
DISPLAY
1384.3
54.5in
CONVEYOR GAP
CL
CONTROL
PANEL
DIRECTION OF TYING
MACHINE WITHDRAWAL
REMOVABLE COMPACTING
TYING MACHINE STATION 2679
105.5in
6180
243.3in
DETAIL B
SCALE 2 : 15
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
LAGOAS
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
1/25/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
CONVEYOR SIDE COMPACTOR
COMPACTING ASSEMBLY
STATION
FRAME ASSEMBLY
TOUCHSCREEN REMOVABLE
DISPLAY TYING MACHINE
CONTROL
PANEL
3761
148.1in
HYDRAULIC
CONVEYOR POWER POWER UNIT
CONNECTION 2X
1827
71.9in
FLOOR ELEVATION
5100
200.8in
9702
382in
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
NOTE: COIL CARRIER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
ANGULAR ± .5°
NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
LAGOAS
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
1/25/2008 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 3 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
1372
54in
WELD GUIDE TUBES AT INSTALLATION OF COMPACTOR (CONVEYOR GAP)
STATION. INSTALL TYING UNIT INTO COMPACTOR
STATION. CENTER TYING UNIT UP-STREAM/DOWN STREAM 19 19
IN COMPACTOR STATION. LOCATE GUIDE TUBES AND CONVEYOR
WELD THEM TO THE FLOOR PLATE .7in ELEVATION .7in
2375 1540
93.5in 60.6in MOUNTING PAD 500mm [19.6in] X 38mm [1.5in] THICK
6.4 2 REQUIRED
3080 EACH PAD TO SUPPORT 3400Kg [7500LBS]
121.3in .25in
1.36Kg / cm2 [19.4LBS / in2 ]
SHIM ALLOWANCE (BY CUSTOMER)
950 SHEAR LOAD: 682Kg [1500LBS] EACH MOUNTING PAD
37.4in 3 A
1605 360
63.2in 14.2in
740
29.1in
A
(FLOORPLATE)
775 27.5 175
2X GUIDE TUBES 6.9in 51mm [2.0in] DIA. X 51mm [2.0in] DEEP 13mm THICK FLOORPLATE
30.5in 1.1in 600 RECESS (4 PLACES - [0.5in]
(BY CUSTOMER)
23.6in 1359 CLEARANCE FOR BOLTS)
53.5in
SECTION A-A
A
(FLOORPLATE) 51mm [2.0in] DIA. X 51mm [2.0in] DEEP
RECESS (4 PLACES -
CLEARANCE FOR BOLTS)
SECTION B-B
COIL CARRIER
A
B NOTE:
1 FLOOR PLATE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR ELEVATION
2 FLOOR PLATE TO BE LEVEL 1.5mm.
SECTION C-C
C SCALE 1 : 8 FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
LAGOAS
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
C
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
B
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:15 14E022-0
ENGR SCALE
02/01/08 0 5251 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
R287.0
3335
45° 131.3in
64
25
1in
GUIDE TUBE DETAIL
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
LAGOAS
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
FORM NO E78-A
2529 DOORS OPEN
1470
1610 262
COIL CARRIER
2995 CAGE
MAX. HEIGHT
2695
MIN. HEIGHT
300
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
NONE
COIL CARRIER (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
BASE ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
11/5/2007 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:10 13E933-0
ENGR SCALE
11/05/07 0 5186 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
COMMERCIAL
PARTS
Catalog 3105/USA Check Valves
Technical Information Series CVH121P
General Description
The CVH121P Series, Poppet-Type, Check Valves
allow free flow in one direction while preventing flow in
the reverse direction. They can be used to isolate In Out
(1) (2)
portions of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow
path around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
Pressure on the inlet of the check creates a force
against the poppet, pushing it off its seat and permit- Out (2)
ting free flow. Reverse flow through the check is
blocked by the poppet.
In (1)
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability
• Compact size for reduced space requirements
• Low leakage design
Performance Curve
• Fully guided poppet for smooth operation
Pressure Drop vs. Flow
(Through cartridge only)
Specifications PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
100 6.9
Maximum Flow 121 LPM (32 GPM)
Mounting No Restrictions
cvh121p.pm6.5, bl, ll
Cartridge Only
40.1 * 112UNF-2A
1/16
(1.58)
(2)
Cartridge In Body
23.0
(.91)
2
57.2
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1
4.4 R.
(.17)
8.7
(.34)
65.1 19.1
(2.56) (.75)
76.2 38.1
(3.00) (1.50)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
cvh121p.pm6.5, bl, ll
CVH 12 1P
5000 PSI Size Style Cracking Seals Body
Design Pressure Option
Check Valve
Code Type
12 1-1/16″ - 12UNF-2B
Threaded Cavity
cvh121p.pm6.5, bl, ll
Capacity:
Pilot-to-close check valve 40 gpm (160 L/min.)
Functional Group: Model:
Products : Cartridges : Circuit Saver : 3 Port : Pilot to Close Check Valve COFA
Product Description
This valve is a spring biased closed, pilot-to-close check cartridge that has a 1.8:1 pilot ratio.
The valve allows flow from port 1 to port 2 and blocks reverse flow. Pressure at the pilot (port
3) opposes pressure at port 1 at a ratio of 1.8:1. This valve is most often used in
regeneration circuits.
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/cppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1=2&Cat... 09/22/03
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory trial version http://www.pdffactory.com
Sun Hydraulics : COFA Page 2 of 3
Technical Features
l Incorporates the Sun floating style construction to l Nominal pilot ratio is 1.8:1. This means that a pilot
eliminate the effects of internal parts binding due to pressure of 1000 psi (70 bar) at port 3 will close a
excessive installation torque and/or cavity/cartridge valve against a pressure of 1800 psi (125 bar) at
machining variations. port 1. Any decay or loss of pilot pressure could
allow the valve to open, even if it is a momentary
decay or loss.
l Pressure at the port 2 area directly opposes pilot l Reverse flow through the valve is not possible
pressure. under any conditions.
l With equal pressures at all 3 ports the valve is
closed.
Technical Data
US Units Metric Units
Cavity T-2A Series 2
Capacity 40 gpm 160 L/min.
Model Weight .50 lb 0,25 kg
Maximum Valve Leakage 1 drops/min. 0,07 cc/min.
Valve Hex Size 1 1/8 in. 28,6 mm
Pilot Ratio 1.8:1 1.8:1
Valve Installation Torque 45 - 50 lbf ft 60 - 70 Nm
Maximum Operating Pressure 5000 psi 350 bar
Seal Kits
Buna 990-202-007
Viton 990-202-006
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/cppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1=2&Cat... 09/22/03
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory trial version http://www.pdffactory.com
Sun Hydraulics : COFA Page 3 of 3
Option Selection
COFA - X C N
Preferred Options
Control Cracking Pressure Seal
Standard Options
X Standard Pilot A 4 psi (0,3 bar) N Buna-N
V Viton
B 15 psi (1 bar)
C 30 psi (2 bar)
E 75 psi (5 bar)
Additional Options
The following options are not widely used and may be application specific. Please contact
your Sun distributor for application information.
L Manual Override
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/cppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1=2&Cat... 09/22/03
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory trial version http://www.pdffactory.com
®
INDEX:
Magnaloy Coupling
DesignFeatures..............2
Load Lock Design.................................2
Radial Lug Design.................................2
Lug Design Comparisons....................2
Premiium Flexible
Drive Couplings...........2
Performance Specifications................3
Dimension Specifications....................4
Standard Bore & Keyway
Combinations.........................................5
Bore Tolerances.....................................5
Additional Specifications.....................5
Splined Couplings.................................6
Clamp Type Couplings.........................6
Steel Bushed Couplings.......................6
Splined Coupling
Specifications.........................................7
Clamp Type Coupling
Specifications.........................................7
Insert Selection Guide..........................8
Service Factors & Load
Characteristics.......................................9
Selection Method..................................9
Installation...........................................10
Recommended Torques
for Fasteners........................................11
Mis-Alignment
Capabilities..........................................11
Technical Bulletin
& Notes.................................................12
PM 90
Coupling ........................13
Drive Lug Features.............................13
Performance Specifications.............14
Dimensional Specifications.............14
Bore Tolerances..................................14
Bore & Keyway Combinations........15
Insert Materials...................................15
Other Magnaloy
Products...........................16
Radial Lug Design is logical and efficient. The most common failure of an
elastomeric insert type drive coupling is hysteresis failure of the elastomeric
element - breakdown of the elastomer due to cyclical overworking
and associated heat generation. Magnaloy Coupling’s drive lugs
are in a true radial orientation. Applied forces are evenly distributed
in the compressive direction only, eliminating the heat generating
radial component. True compressive loading reduces internal heat
generation and improves elastomer life.
F
MAGNALOY COUPLING DESIGN
F Under loaded conditions, the resultant forces applied
on the element segments are evenly distributed in the
compressive direction only. This results in no radial
F forces to multiply the internal heat generation.
F
Fc Fr CONVENTIONAL DESIGN A
F Under loaded conditions this jaw design results in the
applied forces exerting components in the compressive
and radical directions. These forces change direction
and magnitude along the jaw arc which greatly increase
F the internal movement of the element which causes heat
Fc generation.
Fr
Fc
CONVENTIONAL DESIGN B
Fr
This more conventional straight sided jaw design also
F exerts component forces in the compressive and radial
directions when under load. The radial component is
outward (acting to extrude the element) and changes
Fc in magnitude only, as does the compressive component,
along the jaw surface. The component forces resulting
F
Fr from this design also causes increased internal
movement in the element.
D E F G
TOLERANCES: 2 Place Decimals + .01
3 Place Decimals + .001 A
X
Model 500 T W
500
A 4.67
B 4.800
C 4.00 X*: Maximum Space between
D 1.04 shaft ends to allow full
E 1.23
shaft engagement
in Hub Bore.
CB
F 0.64
G 0.70 Y*: Minimum spacing
between shaft ends.
W 1/16
X 1.41
T 3/8-16
* Given for reference only.
TOLERANCES: 2 Place Decimals + .01
D E F G
3 Place Decimals + .001 A
X
Models 600, 700, 800, 900 T W
600 700 800 900
A 5.98 6.99 7.99 10.15
B 5.975 6.900 8.600 11.400
C 4.50 5.19 7.00 8.30
D 1.60 2.08 2.25 2.75
E 1.33 1.32 1.62 2.20 C B
F 0.62 0.89 1.00 1.32
G 1.13 1.13 1.58 1.88
W 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
X 1.36 1.97 2.25 2.89
T 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 3/4-10
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
900
Code Code Bore Key Code Code Bore Key
M __ __ __ 01203 3/8 x 3/32 • • M __ __ __ 12414 1 3/4 x 7/16 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01403 7/16 x 3/32 • • M __ __ __ 12816 1 7/8 x 1/2 • • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01404 7/16 x 1/8 • • M __ __ __ 13016 1 15/16 x 1/2 • •
M __ __ __ 01604 1/2 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 20016 2 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01804 9/16 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 20416 2 1/8 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02005 5/8 x 5/32 • • • M __ __ __ 20816 2 1/4 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02006 5/8 x 3/16 • • • • M __ __ __ 21220 2 3/8 x 5/8 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02206 11/16 x 3/16 • • • • M __ __ __ 21620 2 1/2 x 5/8 • • • •
M __ __ __ 02404 3/4 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 22020 2 5/8 x 5/8 • • • •
M __ __ __ 02406 3/4 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 22420 2 3/4 x 5/8 • • •
M __ __ __ 02806 7/8 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 22824 2 7/8 x 3/4 • • •
M __ __ __ 02808 7/8 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 30024 3 x 3/4 • •
M __ __ __ 03008 15/16 x 1/4 • • M __ __ __ 30824 3 1/4 x 3/4 • •
M __ __ __ 10006 1 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 31228 3 3/8 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10008 1 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 31628 3 1/2 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10408 1 1/8 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 32028 3 5/8 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10608 1 3/16 x 1/4 • • M __ __ __ 32428 3 3/4 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10808 1 1/4 x 1/4 • • • • • M __ __ __ 32832 3 7/8 x 1 • •
M __ __ __ 10810 1 1/4 x 5/16 • • • • • • • M __ __ __ 40032 4 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11210 1 3/8 x 5/16 • • • • • • • M __ __ __ 40432 4 1/8 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11212 1 3/8 x 3/8 • M __ __ __ 40832 4 1/4 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11412 1 7/16 x 3/8 • • • M __ __ __ 41232 4 3/8 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11610 1 1/2 x 5/16 • • • M __ __ __ 41632 4 1/2 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11612 1 1/2 x 3/8 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 41640 4 1/2 x 1 1/4 •
M __ __ __ 12012 1 5/8 x 3/8 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 42040 4 5/8 x 1 1/4 •
M __ __ __ 12412 1 3/4 x 3/8 • • • • • M __ __ __ 42440 4 3/4 x 1 1/4 •
Shaded Area: AGMA semi-standard bore key combinations.
Bore Tolerances
Part Number Usage: Magnaloy Coupling Hub part numbers Over Include Tolerance
may be specified using the following format: Start with let- -- 1 +.0008/ +.0003
ter “M” designating Magnaloy, followed by 3 digit Model 1 2 +.0013/ +.0005
2 3 +.0018/ +.0008
Code (100, 200, etc.), then the specific 5 digit Bore Key 3 4 +.0020/ +.0010
Code. 4 5 +.0023/ +.0010
Example: Model 500 hub with a 1 3/8 bore and 5/16 key-
way would be specified as: M50011210 - No bore hubs are
designated as ‘R’ code, ie: M500R.
Part Number Usage: Magnaloy Splined Coupling part numbers may be specified using the
following format: Start with letter ‘M’ designating Magnaloy, follow with 3 digit model code
(100, 200, etc.), next use single letter Spline Type Identifier Code (‘A’ for regular spline or ‘B’
for steel bushing) then the specific 4 digit spline code.
If a clamp type coupling is specified - use the letter code ‘C’ after the spline code.
Example: Model 300 hub with 13 tooth 16/32 splined bore, M300A1316; same as above with
steel bushing, M300B1316; same as above with steel bushing and clamp, M300B1316C.
Uniform Load: Steady loading, non-reversing, torque does not exceed rating.
Moderate Load: Uneven loading with moderate shock, frequent starts,
infrequent reversals, peak torque may exceed average rate of prime
mover by 125%.
Heavy Load: Uneven loading with heavy shock, frequent reversals, peak
torque may exceed average rating of prime mover by 150%.
*Recommend use of Urethane or Hytrel Insert.
Maximum
1o Angular
Mis-Alignment
Mis-Alignment
Capabilities
Maximum
.015 in. Parallel
Mis-Alignment
Failure to correct this condition will result in assembly difficulty and could cause damage
to the drive or driven equipment.
Notes
The Strong, High Quality, Low Cost, Powdered Metal Coupling from Magnaloy
When your priorities for a coupling are economy and strength...
specify the all-new Magnaloy Type PM 90.
The PM 90 is made from high-density powdered metal
and is available in standard bores up to 1 1/8 inch
maximum. Double set screws are standard in all bores
1/2 inch and over. The set screws are placed over the
keyway and at a 45o angle to the keyway to allow
greater hoop-stress generation and maximum shaft
gripping. The increased drive lug surface area on the
PM 90 provides low unit loads on insert drive elements
while insuring more rapid heat dissipation. Magnaloy’s
exclusive insert design allows easy installation and replacement
without hub removal. The drive lug design provides even compressive
loading with no radial loading of insert drive elements
It is a well established fact that the major cause of failure in an elastomeric insert type drive
coupling is hysteresis failure which results from overworking the insert by application of
cyclic loads and the associated heat generation. These cyclic loads can be internal in ori-
gin as a result of coupling design (see page 2) and when coupled with externally applied
loads can greatly reduce elastomer life. Specifying Magnaloy’s Type PM Coupling with
radial designed drive lugs results in true compressive loads and improved insert life.
Y X
Notes
PM 90 Couplings
Economical PM-90 Iron Powder
Couplings have long lasting
Flexible Drive Couplings nitrile, hytrel or urethane inserts.
Top-of-the-line magnesium couplings Double set screws give excellent
are lighter, yet stronger than either Pump/Motor Mounts gripping power.
cast iron or aluminum. They also Precision machined aluminum & custom
offer better corrosion resistance steel pump/motor mounts directly connect
and easier handling. the motor and pump while ensuring
accurate shaft alignment and enclosing the
coupling. Vertical and horizontal models
readily available from stock.
î
Í»®·»- Ý·®½«·¬ ݱª»® д¿¬»æ Ý®±--±ª»® ݱª»® д¿¬»æ
Ð ¬± Ì Ð ¬± ßå Þ ¬± Ì
ݱª»® д¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò ݱª»® д¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò
Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò
Ñ®¼»®·²¹ ײº±®³¿¬·±²
Ê¿´ª» שּׁ»®² ÝÐÍ Í»®·»- Ý·®½«·¬ Ó Ó»¬®·½ ø×ÍÑ êØ÷ ¾±´¬ µ·¬
×ÍÑ ììðïóðëóðì
Üðë ÒÚÐß ÌíòëòïóÜðë ÝÑÐ Ý®±--±ª»® Ý·®½«·¬
øÐ ¬± ßô Þ ¬± Ì÷
Í»» -»½¬·±² ç
ìð ÜßÓßÒ ÐÎÑÜËÝÌÍ ÝÑÓÐßÒÇô ×ÒÝò ´ íêîî Òò ر³» ͬ®»»¬ô Ó·-¸¿©¿µ¿ô ×Ò ìêëìëóìíçè ËÍß
Ò±®¬¸ ß³»®·½¿ ´ иæ èððiçëçiéèìï Ú¨æ èððiîìïiéêêì ´ ײ¬»®²¿¬·±²¿´ ´ иæ îïçiîëçiéèìï Ú¨æ îïçiîëçiéêêë
»ó³¿·´æ ¼¿³¿²à¼¿³¿²·º±´¼-ò½±³ ´ ײ¬»®²»¬æ ¸¬¬°æññ©©©ò¼¿³¿²·º±´¼-ò½±³
General Description
The CVH161P Series, Poppet-Type, Check Valves
allow free flow in one direction while preventing flow in
the reverse direction. They can be used to isolate (1) (2)
portions of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow
path around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
Pressure on the inlet of the check creates a force
against the poppet, pushing it off its seat and permit- Out (2)
ting free flow. Reverse flow through the check is
blocked by the poppet.
In (1)
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability
• Compact size for reduced space requirements
• Low leakage design
Performance Curve
• Fully guided poppet for smooth operation
Flow vs. Pressure Drop
(Through cartridge only)
Specifications PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
200 14
Maximum Flow 225 LPM (60 GPM)
Inlet Pressure
120 8.3
Leakage 5 drops/min. (1/3 cc/min.)
at 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
80 5.5
Operating Temp. -40°C to +93.3°C (Nitrile)
Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F)
-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon) 40 2.8
(-25°F to +250°F)
Mounting No Restrictions
cvh161p.pm6.5, bl, ll
Cartridge Only
12.8
(.51) 1-1/2² Hex.
99 N.m.
(876 In.-Lbs.)
Torque
15.7
(.62)
* 1-5/16-12
Thread
UN-2A
44.4
(1.75)
Outlet
(2)
* For applications over 210 Bar
(3000 PSI), Thread Lock
Compound is recommended.
Inlet
Ø 28.5 (1)
(1.12)
Cartridge In Body
0.8
(.03)
24.8
2 (.98)
57.2
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1
3.6 R.
(.14)
47.6 22.2
(1.88) (.88)
65.0 4.1 44.5
(2.56) (.16) (1.75)
76.2
(3.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
cvh161p.pm6.5, bl, ll
CVH 16 1P
5000 PSI Size Style Cracking Seals Body
Design Pressure Option
Check Valve
Code Type
16 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
Threaded Cavity
cvh161p.pm6.5, bl, ll
105
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
106
Parker Series HMI Features, Specifications
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders and Mountings
In line with our policy of continuing product improvement, specifications in this catalog are subject to change.
107
Parker Series HMI
Design Features and Benefits Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
2 5 6 8
3
4 7&8 7 9
1 Piston Rod
Gland seal life is maximized by manufacturing piston rods cylinder.
from precision ground, high tensile carbon alloy steel, hard
The double lip wiperseal acts as a secondary seal, trapping
chrome plated and polished to 0.2µm max. Piston rods are
excess lubricating film in the chamber between the wiper
induction case hardened to Rockwell C54 minimum before
and lip seals. Its outer lip prevents the ingress of dirt into the
chrome plating, resulting in a dent-resistant surface.
cylinder, extending the life of gland and seals.
2 Parker’s ‘Jewel’ Gland The TS-2000 is manufactured from an enhanced poly-
Continuous lubrication, and therefore longer gland life, are urethane, giving efficient retention of pressurized fluid and
provided by the long bearing surface inboard of the primary long service life.
4 Cylinder Body
Strict quality control standards and precision manufacture
ensure that all tubes meet rigid standards of straightness,
roundness and surface finish. The steel tubing is surface
finished to minimize internal friction and prolong seal life.
6 One-Piece Piston
Side loading is resisted by the wide bearing surfaces of the
pistons. A long thread engagement secures the piston to
the piston rod and, as an added safety feature, pistons are
secured by an anaerobic adhesive.
7 Cushioning
Progressive deceleration is available by using profiled
seal. The Jewel gland, complete with rod seals, can easily cushions at the head and cap – see Section C for details.
be removed without dismantling the cylinder, so servicing is The head end cushion is self aligning, while the polished
quicker – and therefore more economical. cap end spear is an integral part of the piston rod.
108
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Design Features and Benefits
Air Bleeds
Available as an option at both ends, the air bleeds are
recessed into the head and cap. Servo Cylinders
Servo cylinders permit fine control of acceleration, velocity
and position in applications where very low friction and an
absence of stick-slip are required. They may be used in
conjunction with integral or external transducers. Servo
cylinders combine low friction piston and gland seals with
specially selected tubes and rods. For low-friction appli-
cations – consult factory.
B
Seal Classes
To accommodate the many types of fluids and the varying
temperature ranges used in industry, Parker offers a range
of rod gland, piston and body seals. These are described in
detail in Section C of this catalog.
Gland Drains
The accumulation of fluid behind the gland wiperseal of long
stroke cylinders, or cylinders with constant back pressure,
can be relieved by specifying the option of a gland drain.
A port between the wiperseal and primary seal allows fluid to
be piped back to a reservoir. By fitting a transparent tube
between the port and the reservoir, fluid loss from concealed
or inaccessible cylinders can be monitored to provide an
early indication of the need for gland servicing. Gland drains
are described in greater detail in Section C of this catalog.
109
Parker Series HMI
Mounting Styles Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ISO Cylinder Mounting Styles
and Where to Find Them
The standard range of Parker Series HMI cylinders com-
prises 12 ISO mounting styles, to suit the majority of applica-
tions. General guidance for the selection of ISO cylinders is
given below, with dimensional information about each
mounting style shown on the following pages. Application-
specific mounting information is shown in the mounting
information section, Section C of this catalog.
Styles TB, TC, TD
Extended Tie Rods ISO Styles MX3, MX2, MX1 TB
Cylinders with TB, TC and TD mountings are suitable for
straight line force transfer applications, and are particularly
useful where space is limited. For compression (push) appli-
cations, cap end tie rod mountings are most appropriate;
where the major load places the piston rod in tension (pull
applications), head end mounting styles should be specified.
Cylinders with tie rods extended at both ends may be
attached to the machine member from either end, allowing
the free end of the cylinder to support a bracket or switch.
Pivot Mountings
Cylinders with pivot mountings, which absorb forces on their
centerlines, should be used where the machine member to
be moved travels in a curved path. Pivot mountings may be
used for tension (pull) or compression (push) applications. Styles B, BB, SB
Cylinders using a fixed clevis, styles BB and B, may be used BB
ISO Styles MP3, MP1, MP5
if the curved path of the piston rod travel is in a single plane;
for applications where the piston rod will travel in a path on
either side of the true plane of motion, a spherical bearing
mounting SB is recommended.
110
Parker Series HMI Piston Rod End Data
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders and Threads
Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 25 & 32mm Bore Cylinders
– All Except JJ Mount – JJ Mount The smallest diameter rod end E 5mm
WF A WF
thread for each bore size is
A VE
VE designated Style 4 when sup- 5mm
VJ
plied with a No.1 rod. When
the same rod end thread is
supplied with a No. 2 or No. 3 E
RD B NA KK MM
rod, it is designated Style 7.
B NA KK MM
25 1 12 M10x1.25 14 - - M8x1 14 24 10 11 16
25 3 38 6 10
2 18 M14x1.5 18 M10x1.25 14 M12x1.25 18 30 15 17 16
32 1 14 M12x1.25 16 - - M10x1.25 16 26 12 13 22
35 3 42 12 10
2 22 M16x1.5 22 M12x1.25 16 M16x1.5 22 34 18 21 22
40 1 18 M14x1.5 18 - - M12x1.25 18 30 15 17 16 6
35 3 62 10
2 28 M20x1.5 28 M14x1.5 18 M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 12
1 22 M16x1.5 22 - - M16x1.5 22 34 18 21 22 6
50 2 36 M27x2 36 M16x1.5 22 M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 41 4 74 9 16
3 28 M20x1.5 28 M16x1.5 22 M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 6
1 28 M20x1.5 28 - - M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 75 6
63 2 45 M33x2 45 M20x1.5 28 M33x2 45 60 39 43 29 48 4 13 16
88
3 36 M27x2 36 M20x1.5 28 M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 9
1 36 M27x2 36 - - M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 82 5
80 2 56 M42x2 56 M27x2 36 M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 51 4 20
105 9
3 45 M33x2 45 M27x2 36 M33x2 45 60 39 43 29
1 45 M33x2 45 - - M33x2 45 60 39 43 29 92 7
100 2 70 M48x2 63 M33x2 45 M48x2 63 88 62 68 32 57 5 10 22
125
3 56 M42x2 56 M33x2 45 M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 7
1 56 M42x2 56 - - M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 105 9 20
125 2 90 M64x3 85 M42x2 56 M64x3 85 108 80 88 32 57 5
150 10 22
3 70 M48x2 63 M42x2 56 M48x2 63 88 62 68 32
1 70 M48x2 63 - - M48x2 63 88 62 68 32 125 10 22
160 2 110 M80x3 95 M48x2 63 M80x3 95 133 100 108 32 57 5
170 7 25
3 90 M64x3 85 M48x2 63 M64x3 85 108 80 88 32
1 90 M64x3 85 - - M64x3 85 108 80 88 32 150 10 22
200 2 140 M100x3 112 M64x3 85 M100x3 112 163 128 138 32 57 5
210 7 25
3 110 M80x3 95 M64x3 85 M80x3 95 133 100 108 32
All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.
111
Parker Series HMI
Extended Tie Rod Mountings Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
WF
1
EE E
WH 1
1 AA 2
E 4 TG
Style TB 3
Tie Rods Extended Head End DD BB FT G J KB
TG
(ISO Style MX3)
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
WF
1
EE DD E
1 AA
E 4 2 TG
Style TC
Tie Rods Extended Cap End KB 3
F G J BB
(ISO Style MX2) TG
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
WF
1
EE DD E
WH 1
1 AA
E 4 2 TG
Style TD 3
Tie Rods Extended Both Ends BB FT G J BB
TG
(ISO Style MX1)
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders – see page 111
Dimensions – TB, TC & TD See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111
Bore AA BB DD E EE F FT G J KB TG WF WH Y + Stroke
BSP/G
φ inches PJ ZJ
1
25 40 19 M5x0.8 40 1/4 10 10 40 25 4 28.3 25 15 50 53 114
32 47 24 M6x1 451 1/4 10 10 40 25 5 33.2 35 25 60 56 128
40 59 35 M8x1 63 3/8 10 10 45 38 6.5 41.7 35 25 62 73 153
50 74 46 M12x1.25 75 1/2 16 16 45 38 10 52.3 41 25 67 74 159
63 91 46 M12x1.25 90 1/2 16 16 45 38 10 64.3 48 32 71 80 168
80 117 59 M16x1.5 115 3/4 20 20 50 45 13 82.7 51 31 77 93 190
100 137 59 M16x1.5 130 3/4 22 22 50 45 13 96.9 57 35 82 101 203
125 178 81 M22x1.5 165 1 22 22 58 58 18 125.9 57 35 86 117 232
160 219 92 M27x2 205 1 25 25 58 58 22 154.9 57 32 86 130 245
200 269 115 M30x2 245 1-1/4 25 25 76 76 24 190.2 57 32 98 165 299
112
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Flange and Side Lugs Mountings
ZB + Stroke
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke UO
1
WF EE E
1
1
E 4 2 R
Style JJ 3
G J KB
Head Rectangular Flange TF
(ISO Style ME5) FBØ
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
WF UO
1
EE E
1
1 1
R 4 2 E
Style HH
KB 3
Cap Rectangular Flange F G J
TF
(ISO Style ME6)
FBØ B
ZB +J Stroke
ZJ + Stroke A thrust key may be used with this
Y PJ + Stroke mounting style.
WF EE
1
SBØ
1 1
E 4 2
LH
ST
3
F G J KB 1
Style C E
SW SW
Side Lugs TS
(ISO Style MS2) XS SS + StrokeJ
US
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders, except Style JJ in port positons 2 and 4 – see page 111
Dimensions – JJ, HH & C See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111
Bore E EE F FB G J KB LH R SB ST SW TF TS UO US WF XS Y + Stroke
BSP/G
φ inches h10 PJ SS ZB ZJ
1
25 40 1/4 10 5.5 40 25 4 19 27 6.6 8.5 8 51 54 65 72 25 33 50 53 73 121 114
32 451 1/4 10 6.6 40 25 5 22 33 9 12.5 10 58 63 70 84 35 45 60 56 73 137 128
40 63 3/8 10 11 45 38 6.5 31 41 11 12.5 10 87 83 110 103 35 45 62 73 98 166 153
50 75 1/2 16 14 45 38 10 37 52 14 19 13 105 102 130 127 41 54 67 74 92 176 159
63 90 1/2 16 14 45 38 10 44 65 18 26 17 117 124 145 161 48 65 71 80 86 185 168
80 115 3/4 20 18 50 45 13 57 83 18 26 17 149 149 180 186 51 68 77 93 105 212 190
100 130 3/4 22 18 50 45 13 63 97 26 32 22 162 172 200 216 57 79 82 101 102 225 203
125 165 1 22 22 58 58 18 82 126 26 32 22 208 210 250 254 57 79 86 117 131 260 232
160 205 1 25 26 58 58 22 101 155 33 38 29 253 260 300 318 57 86 86 130 130 279 245
200 245 1-1/4 25 33 76 76 24 122 190 39 44 35 300 311 360 381 57 92 98 165 172 336 299
113
Parker Series HMI
Pivot Mountings Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
JZC + Stroke
Pivot pin not supplied ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
1
EE CD
E WF
1
1
E 2 4
3 LR MR
Style B KB
Cap Fixed Eye EW
F G J L M
(ISO Style MP3) XC + Stroke
JZC + Stroke
Supplied complete with pivot pin ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ Hole H9
1 Pin f8
E WF EE CD
1
1
E 2 4
3 LR MR
Style BB KB
Cap Fixed Clevis CW CB CW
F G J L M
(ISO Style MP1) XC + Stroke
ZO + Stroke
Pivot pin not supplied ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
1
E WF EE CX
1
1
3˚
E 2 4
3˚
3 MS
KB
Style SB*
EP F
Cap Fixed Eye G J LT
(ISO Style MP5) EX XO + Stroke
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders – see page 111
*Parker Style SB is also known as Style SBd under Parker’s European model code system
114
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Trunnion Mountings
ZB +J Stroke Notes:
ZJ + Stroke A one-piece head and retainer is used on 100mm-200mm bore
Y sizes – G1 dimension. On 160 and 200mm bores, the bolted
PJ + StrokeJ
gland is recessed, with tie rods screwed into the head.
WF EE
1
R 3mm
1
E 4 2 TD
3
Style D F G J KB
TL TC TL
Head Trunnion W G1
(ISO Style MT1) XG
ZJ1J+ Stroke
ZB +J Stroke Note:
ZJ + Stroke On 100-200mm bore cylinders, dimension J becomes J1.
Y ZJ1 replaces ZB, and tie rods are screwed directly into the cap.
PJ + Stroke
WF EE
1
R 3mm
1
E 4 2 TD
Style DB F G J KB
3
Cap Trunnion TL TC TL
J1
(ISO Style MT2)
XJ + Stroke B
ZB + Stroke
ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
EE
1
WF E
BD 1
R 3mm
1
TY E 4 2 TD
Style DD
3
Intermediate Fixed Trunnion F G J KB
TL TM TL
(ISO Style MT4) XI
2
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders – see page 111
2Dimensions to be specified by customer
115
Parker Series HMI
Double Rod Cylinders Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ZM + (2 X Stroke)
Y PJ + Stroke
LV + Stroke KB
WF
EE
F G G F
Double Rod Cylinder SW SW
Available with Styles TB, TD, JJ, XS SV +JStroke
C, D, DD (Style C illustrated)
Mounting Styles and Codes Bore Rod Add Stroke Add 2x Stroke
Double rod cylinders are denoted by a ‘K’ in the ISO φ No. MM φ LV PJ SV ZM
cylinder model code.
1 12
25 104 53 88 154
Dimensions 2 18
To obtain dimensional information for double rod cylinders,
1 14
first select the desired mounting style by referring to the 32 108 56 88 178
corresponding single rod model. Dimensions for the 2 22
appropriate single rod model should be supplemented by
1 18
those from the table opposite to provide a full set of 40 125 73 105 195
dimensions. 2 28
1 22
Minimum Stroke Length – Style 9 Rod End
Where a style 9 (female) piston rod end is required on a 50 2 36 125 74 99 207
double rod cylinder with a stroke of 80mm or less, and a 3 28
bore of 80mm or above, please consult the factory.
1 28
Cushioning 63 2 45 127 80 93 223
Double rod cylinders can be supplied with cushions at 3 36
either or both ends. Cushioning requirements should be
specified by inserting a ‘C’ in the ordering code. See 1 36
cushioning section, Section C of this catalog. 80 2 56 144 93 110 246
3 45
1 45
100 2 70 151 101 107 265
3 56
1 56
125 2 90 175 117 131 289
3 70
1 70
160 2 110 188 130 130 302
Double Rod Cylinders 3 90
For double rod cylinders, specify rod number and rod end 1 90
symbols for both piston rods. A typical model number for a
double rod cylinder would be: 200 2 140 242 160 172 356
100 K JJ HMI R E 1 4 M 1 4 M 125 M 11 44 3 110
116
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Accessories
Accessory Selection Rod Clevis Dimensions
Accessories for the rod end of a cylinder are selected by Part AV CE CK CL CM CR ER KK
LE Weight
reference to the rod end thread, while the same acces- No. H9 A16 kg
sories, when used at the cap end, are selected by
143447 14 32 10 26 12 20 12 M10x1.25 14 0.08
cylinder bore size. See tables of part numbers below,
and on the following pages. 143448 16 36 12 34 16 32 17 M12x1.25 19 0.25
143449 18 38 14 42 20 30 17 M14x1.5 19 0.32
The rod clevises, plain rod eyes and spherical bearings
fitted as accessories to the rod end have the same pin 143450 22 54 20 62 30 50 29 M16x1.5 32 1.0
diameters as those used at the cylinder cap ends of the 143451 28 60 20 62 30 50 29 M20x1.5 32 1.1
corresponding mounting styles – B, BB and SB – when 143452 36 75 28 83 40 60 34 M27x2 39 2.3
fitted with the No.1 rod, or the No. 2 or No. 3 rods with 143453 45 99 36 103 50 80 50 M33x2 54 2.6
Style 7 rod end. 143454 56 113 45 123 60 102 53 M42x2 57 5.5
Rod and Cap End Accessories 143455 63 126 56 143 70 112 59 M48x2 63 7.6
Accessories for the HMI ISO cylinder include: 143456 85 168 70 163 80 146 78 M64x3 83 13.0
Rod End – rod clevis, eye bracket and pivot pin
– plain rod eye, clevis bracket and pivot pin Eye Bracket Dimensions
– rod eye with spherical bearing
Part CK EM FL MR LE AA HB TG UD
Cap End – eye bracket for style BB mounting No. H9 h13 max min
– clevis bracket for style B mounting
144808 10 12 23 12 13 40 5.5 28.3 40
– pivot pin for eye bracket and clevis bracket
144809 12 16 29 17 19 47 6.6 33.2 45
Rod Clevis, Eye Bracket and Pivot Pin 144810 14 20 29 17 19 59 9 41.7 65
Thread Rod Eye Pivot Nominal Weight 144811 20 30 48 29 32 74 13.5 52.3 75
KK Clevis Bracket Pin Force kN kg 144812 20 30 48 29 32 91 13.5 64.3 90
M10x1.25 143447 144808 143477 8 0.3 144813 28 40 59 34 39 117 17.5 82.7 115
M12x1.25 143448 144809 143478 12.5 0.6 144814 36 50 79 50 54 137 17.5 96.9 130
B
M14x1.5 143449 144810 143479 20 0.8 144815 45 60 87 53 57 178 26 125.9 165
M16x1.5 143450 144811 143480 32 2.2 144816 56 70 103 59 63 219 30 154.9 205
M20x1.5 143451 144812 143480 50 2.7 144817 70 80 132 78 82 269 33 190.2 240
M27x2 143452 144813 143481 80 5.9
M33x2 143453 144814 143482 125 9.4 Part EK EL Weight
M42x2 143454 144815 143483 200 17.8 No. f8 kg
M48x2 143455 144816 143484 320 26.8
Pivot Pin for Clevis 143477 10 29 0.02
Bracket and Plain 143478 12 37 0.05
M64x3 143456 144817 143485 500 39.0
Rod Eye – Dimensions
CL 143479 14 45 0.08
CM EL 143480 20 66 0.2
ER max
143481 28 87 0.4
EK 143482 36 107 1.0
CK 143483 45 129 1.8
LE CE 143484 56 149 4.2
143485 70 169 6.0
AV
min
Thread KK
Eye Bracket – Cap End Mounting for Style BB
CR
Bore Eye Bracket Nominal Force Weight
Rod Clevis φ kN kg
UD FL
LE 25 144808 8 0.2
EM
ØHB 32 144809 12.5 0.3
MR 40 144810 20 0.4
50 144811 32 1.0
AA
TG UD CK 63 144812 50 1.4
80 144813 80 3.2
100 144814 125 5.6
125 144815 200 10.5
TG
160 144816 320 15.0
Eye Bracket
200 144817 500 20.0
All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.
117
Parker Series HMI
Accessories Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
Plain Rod Eye, Clevis Bracket and Pivot Pin
Thread Plain Clevis Nominal Weight
KK Rod Eye Bracket Pivot Pin Force kN kg
M10x1.25 143457 143646 143477 8 0.5
M12x1.25 143458 143647 143478 12.5 1.0
M14x1.5 143459 143648 143479 20 1.3
M16x1.5 143460 143649 143480 32 3.2
M20x1.5 143461 143649 143480 50 3.8
M27x2 143462 143650 143481 80 6.9
M33x2 143463 143651 143482 125 12.5
M42x2 143464 143652 143483 200 26.0
M48x2 143465 143653 143484 320 47.0
M64x3 143466 143654 143485 500 64.0
118
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Accessories
Rod Eye with Spherical Bearing, EN
Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin EU
EF
145530 12 10 10 30 40 16 46 9 3.3 28 29 56 55 12 40 75 60
145531 16 14 16 40 50 18 61 11 4.3 37 38 74 70 16 55 95 80
145532 20 16 16 50 55 20 64 14 4.3 39 40 80 85 20 58 120 90
145533 25 20 25 60 65 22 78 16 5.4 48 49 98 100 25 70 140 110
145534 30 22 25 70 85 24 97 18 5.4 62 63 120 115 30 90 160 135
145535 40 28 36 80 100 24 123 22 8.4 72 73 148 135 40 120 190 170
145536 50 35 36 100 125 35 155 30 8.4 90 92 190 170 50 145 240 215
145537 60 44 50 120 150 35 187 39 11.4 108 110 225 200 60 185 270 260
145538 80 55 50 160 190 35 255 45 11.4 140 142 295 240 80 260 320 340
145539 100 70 63 200 210 35 285 48 12.4 150 152 335 300 100 300 400 400
Cap Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin
LO
Bore Mounting Bracket Nominal Force Weight
GL
φ and Pivot Pin kN kg FO
CP
CG
25 145530 8 0.6 SR
50 145533 32 3.2 LG LJ
FM HB
63 145534 50 6.5 Ø
80 145535 80 12.0
100 145536 125 23.0 CO
KC
125 145537 200 37.0 TA RE
200 145539 500 140.0 All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.
119
Parker Series HMI
Model Numbers Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
How to Order ISO Cylinders
Data Required On All Cylinder Orders
When ordering Series HMI cylinders, be sure to specify each of the following requirements:
(NOTE: – Duplicate cylinders can be ordered by giving g) Cushions (if required)
the SERIAL NUMBER from the nameplate of the original Specify “Cushion-head end,” “Cushion-cap end” or
cylinder. Factory records supply a quick, positive “Cushion-both ends” as required. If cylinder is to
identification.) have a double rod and only one cushion is
required, be sure to specify clearly which end of
a) Bore Size
the cylinder is to be cushioned.
b) Mounting Style
h) Piston
Specify your choice of mounting style – as shown
Parker B style pistons are standard. Fluorocarbon
and dimensioned in this catalog. If double rod is
also available.
required, specify “with double rod.”
i) Ports
c) Series Designation (“HMI”)
BSP (ISO 228) are standard.
d) Length of Stroke
j) Fluid Medium
e) Piston Rod Diameter Series HMI hydraulic cylinders are equipped with
Call out rod diameter or rod code number. In seals for use with hydraulic oil. If other than
Series HMI cylinders, standard rod diameters hydraulic oil will be used, consult factory.
(Code No. 1) will be furnished if not otherwise
specified, unless length of stroke makes the
application questionable.
f) Piston Rod End Thread Style
Call out thread style number or specify dimensions.
Thread style number 4 will be furnished if not
otherwise specified.
ADDITIONAL DATA is required on orders for cylinders with special modifications.
For further information, consult factory.
120
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Model Numbers
121
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Service Bulletin
Hydraulics Series D3W, B Style
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH,
PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation
by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product
catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making
the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation
and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are
governed by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
D3W*B**C** ................................................................................................................................................... 3
D3W*B**K ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
D3W*B**S** ................................................................................................................................................... 6
D3W*B**E** ................................................................................................................................................... 7
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
D 3 W B
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Valve Weight:
Single Solenoid:
AC 4.3 kg (9.5 lbs)
DC 5.3 kg (11.6 lbs)
Standard Bolt Kit:
BK98
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Cover Screw
205 x 122SZ
Torque 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.)
Hydraulics
Nameplate
1302176
Series
Directional Control Valves
D3W*B**C**
End Cap Spool
1300621 (See Table 1, Body Not Tube Variations Retainer
Torque Spring Item 1) Available Roll Pin (See Table 2, Item 75) Variations
20 N.m. (See Table 10, SAE Plug 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil (See Table 3,
Item 13) O-Ring Item 5)
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 37)
D3DW, B Style
2-014*-9 4HP50*S
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) Torque 20 N.m. Varistor Coil, DC only Torque 7 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 8, Item 37) (5 ft.-lbs.)
Rectified Coil
Shipping Plate (See Table 11, Item 37)
679192 Soft Shift Coil
(DC See Table 4, Item 37)
(AC See Table 6, Item 37)
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown, See Tables for AC Components Where Applicable
2) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
3) Gasket 1300698 (Used on AC Only) Not Shown. Reference C-Style for Location.
See Detail "A" in Tables Location.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Contents
Parts
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Conduit Screw
Data
1302340
Torque 4 N.m. (35 in.-lbs.)
Conduit Box
1800680
Nameplate
Hydraulics
Conduit Plug
678800 Shipping Plug
Torque 2.5 T.F.F.T. 120 x 21
Series
Directional Control Valves
D3W*B**K**
End Cap Spool
Body Not
D3DW, B Style
1300621 (See Table 1, Tube Variations Retainer
Torque Spring Item 1) Available Roll Pin (See Table 2, Item 75) Variations
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil (See Table 3,
O-Ring SAE Plug
(15 ft.-lbs.) Item 13) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 37) Item 5)
2-014*-9 4HP50*S
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) Torque 20 N.m. Varistor Coil, DC only Torque 7 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 8, Item 37) (5 ft.-lbs.)
Rectified Coil
Shipping Plate (See Table 11, Item 37)
679192 Soft Shift Coil
(DC See Table 4, Item 37)
(AC See Table 6, Item 37)
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
D3W Single AC Solenoid Model
D3W Single DC Solenoid Model
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown, See Tables for AC Components Where Applicable
2) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
3) Gasket 1300698 (Used on AC Only) Not Shown. Reference C-Style for Location.
See Detail "A" in Tables Location.
Contents
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Hydraulics
(See Table 3,
Series
Directional Control Valves
SAE Plug
D3W*B**P**,
Item 13) O-Ring
(15 ft.-lbs.) 4HP50*S (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 45) Item 5)
2-014*-9
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) Torque 20 N.m. Varistor Coil, DC only Torque 7 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 8, Item 45) (5 ft.-lbs.)
Rectified Coil
(See Table 11, Item 45)
D3DW,**W**
Shipping Plate
679192 Soft Shift Coil
(DC See Table 4, Item 45)
(AC See Table 6, Item 45)
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
B Style
D3W Single AC Solenoid Model
D3W Single DC Solenoid Model
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown, See Tables for AC Components Where Applicable
2) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
3) Gasket 1300698 (Used on AC Only) Not Shown. Reference C-Style for Location.
See Detail "A" in Tables Location.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Contents
Parts
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Data
Hydraulics
Insulator Screw
Cover Screw 693979
205 x 122SZ
Torque to 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.)
Insulator Block
693975
Nameplate Coil Seal
1302176 1860178
Push Pin O-Ring Seal
O-Ring 1860170 1860168
3-911*-9 Washer
1800712
Series
Directional Control Valves
Item 1)
D3W*B**S**
Torque Spring Available Roll Pin (See Table 2, Item 75) Variations
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil
O-Ring SAE Plug (See Table 3,
(15 ft.-lbs.) Item 13) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 52)
2-014*-9 4HP50*S Item 5)
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) Torque 20 N.m. Varistor Coil, DC only Torque 7 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 8, Item 52) (5 ft.-lbs.)
D3DW, B Style
Soft Shift Coil
Shipping Plate (See Table 4, Item 52)
679192
DC Solenoid
NOTES:
1) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
See Detail "A" in Tables Location.
Contents
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Cover Screw
Hydraulics
205 x 122SZ
Torque 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.)
½ Inch NPT
Nameplate (UL and CSA) Explosion Proof Solenoid
1302176 (See Table 9, Item 7)
O-Ring O-Ring
3-911*-9 Washer 3-911*-9
1800712 Torque 7 N.m.
(5 ft.-lbs.)
Torque 20 N.m.
End Cap Spool (15 ft.-lbs.)
1300621 (See Table 1, Body Not
Torque Spring Item 1) Available Roll Pin
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Item 13) Push Pin
7
(15 ft.-lbs.)
Series
Directional Control Valves
D3W*B**E**
Riser Block 1. Loosen or remove hex nut.
DC All Spools 1860181
694189 SAE Plug 2. Loosen the large end cap by
AC All Spools 1860181
4HP50*S turning it counter-clockwise
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) as viewed from the end.
O-Ring 3. Rotate the coil to align the
D3DW, B Style
2-014*-9 conduit.
4. Tighten the large end cap by
hand. Use of any tools could
damage the unit. A .002 inch
Shipping Plate DC Solenoid feeler gage should not enter
679192 the joint between the coil and
AC Solenoid the end cap.
5. Replace the hex nut and
torque to 20 N.m. (15 ft.-lbs.)
maximum.
D3W Single AC Solenoid Model
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown. See Tables for AC Components where Applicable.
2) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA Directional Control Valves
Technical
Contents Information D3W, BBStyle
Series D3DW, Style
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Table 10 (Springs)
Repairable
Override Assembly 9/16" Hex
Torque 20 N.m. (15 ft.-lbs.)
† DC holding amps.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Spools
B-SOLENOID A-SOLENOID
* (A-SOLENOID) * (B-SOLENOID)
20 Spool
1300620
26 Spool
1302049
30 Spool
1300630
Repairable
Override Assembly 9/16" Hex
Orifice**
Removal Tool
Response Time* 1/2" Hex
Control Orifice
5/32" Wrench
Not Supplied
** Orifice Removal Tool with Kit Part Number 1301661
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Single Solenoid AC
Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**)
Bolt Hole
Centerline
Reference
107.7
(4.24)
90.0
(3.54) 89.8
(3.54)
36.0
(1.42)
21.5
23.0 Bolt Hole (0.85)
(0.91) 12.0 Centerline
(0.47) 74.5
58.0 Reference (2.93)
(2.29) 97.8 87.9
(3.85) (3.46)
Single Solenoid DC
Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**)
Bolt Hole
Centerline
Reference
105.8
90.7 (4.17)
(3.57) 88.2
(3.47)
36.0
(1.42)
21.5
23.0 Bolt Hole (0.85)
(0.91) 12.0 Centerline 74.3
(0.47) 123.3 (2.93)
58.0 Reference 87.9
(2.29) (4.85) (3.46)
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Warning
Before any circuit connection is broken, be sure to turn off all power and relieve system pressure. Lower all vertical
loads and cylinders, lock any load which could produce pressure and discharge any accumulators. Plug and cap all
lines and openings to prevent contamination from entering the system.
NOTE: Always make sure all parts have been cleaned before reassembling.
2. Inspection
a. Inspect all passage ways for obstructions.
b. Inspect all washers, push pins, plungers and pole faces for signs of wear and/or mushrooming. Inspect all
springs for signs of distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
c. Look for nicks and burrs on the spool and bore lands. Nicks in these areas indicate likely contamination of the
system fluid.
3. If there are no signs of nicks or burrs on the spool and bore, check the spool movement as follows:
a. Lubricate the spool and bore with clean system fluid.
b. Insert the spool back into the body and slowly move the spool back and forth. The spool should move freely. If
there is any sticking between the spool and the bore, remove the spool and repeat 2a, 2c and 3a.
c. The spool movement can also be checked by placing the valve body on end and inserting the spool. Gravity will
pull the spool to the other end if there is no sticking.
d. After several attempts have been made without resolution, replace the valve.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Valve spool fails to move
Cause Recommendation
Mechanical Recommended flow exceeded Check maximum flow rate for appropriate spool by spool function.
Recommended pressure exceeded Check maximum pressure rating for valve
Improper installation connections Check installation drawings
Contamination in system Disasemble, inspect, clean and flush
Improper assembly Check proper assembly. Refer to drawing for appropriate model.
Valve has silted Disassemble and clean valve.
Electrical Power off Turn power on
Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model
Faulty connection Check connections
Faulty coil Check coil resistance
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This
offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items,
when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance
of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, propos- paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter,
als, offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its
are subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and sole discretion at any time.
conditions stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings,
to these terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other
inconsistent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any accep- items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and
tance of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed
different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using
contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to
by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control.
expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions 9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and
stated herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like
contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufac-
events constitute such assent. ture, sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the
of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid amount thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer
shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month agrees to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt
or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax
Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from
Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the and against any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon
shipment. which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller
be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copy-
however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. rights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this
Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of
liability for any delays in delivery. infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will
from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages
date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that
COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property
ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer
RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM- becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole
ITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all
WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is
LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third
DISCLAIMED. party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WAR- right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make
RANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the
OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS. purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwith-
5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR standing the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringe-
IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CON- ment based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items
TRACT SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR RE- delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part
PLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or
PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of
SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUEN- this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s
TIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSO- sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.
EVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for an
FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer
ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments
BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark,
TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right.
TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY. 11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason
modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter
as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all ‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without
or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or cancel- limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws,
lation shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless rules or regulations of any government or government agency, fires,
accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. Accep- floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of
tance of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be at materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as Seller 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set
may require. forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall
tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are
acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This
tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio.
any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this
apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after
items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially con- the cause of action accrues.
verted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges 9/91-P
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Model Code
Parts Data
D1VW*C**C** .................................................................................................................................................. 4
D1VW*C**H** .................................................................................................................................................. 6
D1VW*C**CS* ................................................................................................................................................. 7
D1VW*C**PS* ................................................................................................................................................. 8
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL
INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by users having
technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety
of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems
and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its
subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by
the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
Standard Valves
D 1V W C
Directional Basic Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Tube Coil Valve Design
Control Valve Voltage Connection /Tube Variation Variation Variations Series
Valve Combination
D 1V W C
Wet armature
solenoid
P T
Code Description
N Nitrile
Code Symbol Code Symbol V Fluorocarbon
A B A B E EPR
1 11
P T P T Code Description
A B A B
Q* 100/50 VAC
2 14
Y* 120/60 - 110/50 VAC
P T P T
A B A B T * 240/60 - 220/50 VAC
L 6 VDC
3 15
P T P T K 12 VDC
A B A B J 24 VDC
4 16 D 120 VDC
P T P T Z 250 VDC
A B A B
* AC input voltage, not
5 21
necessarily coil voltage.
P T P T
A B A B
6 22
P T P T
A B A B
7 81
P T P T
A B A B
8*, 9** 82
P T P T
A B
10
P T
Valve Weight:
Single Solenoid
1.36 kg (3.0 lbs)
Double Solenoid
1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)
Standard Bolt Kit:
BK209
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Code Description
Omit Standard Tube
R Repairable Manual Override
Parts Data
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Cover Screw (4 Req’d)
1301067
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) Torque
Nameplate
1300651
Top Seal
1300828
Ground Screw
1301070
2.0 N-m (18 in-lb) Torque
Conduit Box
1300648
Standard Coil
(See Table 4, Bottom Seal
Item 37) Standard Coil
Seal 697646
(See Table 4, Item 37)
697647
Retainer Variations Solenoid Variations Varistor Coil, DC Only
(See Table 3, Item 5) (See Table 2, Item 75) (See Table 8, Item 37)
Centering
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) 20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
Torque 988-8 x 14 x 1
1
4
Series
Directional Control Valves
D1VW*C**C**
A B
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1)
Gasket
Roll Pin Body
D1VW, B Style
1301704 Pushrod
99 x 37 Not Available
81 and 82 Spools 697660 O-Ring
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
(4 Req’d) Roll Pin
Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625
Shipping Plate
697628
AC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Contents
Parts
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Data
Hydraulics
Nameplate
Seal 1300638
697647 Solenoid Variations
(See Table 2, Item 75)
Retainer Variations
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Centering
(See Table 3, Item 5)
Torque Washer
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb)
Torque 988-8 x 14 x 1
1
5
Series
Directional Control Valves
D1VW*C**P**,
A B
Spool
O-Ring (See Table 1, Item 1)
Solenoid 3907*-7 Solenoid Seal
Standard Coil Seal 2018N-9
(See Table 4, Roll Pin Body
2018N-9 Pushrod Not Available Standard Coil
D1VW, B
Items 45 and 52) 99 x 37 O-Ring
81 and 82 Spools 697660 (See Table 4, Items 45 and 52)
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9 Varistor Coil, DC Only
(4 Req’d) Roll Pin
99 x 37 (See Table 8, Items 45 and 52)
Spring
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625
Shipping Plate
**W**,
697628
Style**S**
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
AC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Parts Data
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Hydraulics
Insulator Block
693975
Stick Screw
1301066
Nameplate
1300638
Spacer
1301653 Solenoid Variations
Nut (See Table 2, Item 75 Centering
1301654 20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
3 N-m (27 in-lb)
988-8 x 14 x 1
Torque
1
A B
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1) Solenoid Seal
2018N-9
Coil Roll Pin Body
6
Series
Directional Control Valves
D1VW*C**H**
(See Table 4, Pushrod Not Available
81 and 82 Spools 697660 99 x 37 O-Ring
Item 65)
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
(4 Req’d) Roll Pin
Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
D1VW, B Style
All Other Spools 697625
Shipping Plate
697628
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Contents
Parts
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Cover Screw (4 Req’d)
Data
1301067
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) Torque
Nameplate
1300651
Hydraulics
Ground Screw
1301070
2.0 N-m (18 in-lb) Torque
Conduit Box
1300648
Series
Directional Control Valves
Centering
D1VW*C**CS*
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
988-8 x 14 x 1
D1VW, B Style
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1)
Retainer Variations Gasket
Roll Pin Body
(See Table 3, Item 5) 1301704 Pushrod Not Available Standard Coil
81 and 82 Spools 697660 99 x 37 O-Ring
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) Torque (See Table 4, Item 37)
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
Roll Pin
(4 Req’d)
99 x 37
Spring
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625 Shipping Plate
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
697628
AC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Parts Data
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Hydraulics
Nameplate
Seal 1300638
697647
Soft Shift Tube
(See Table 7)
Centering
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque
Washer
988-8 x 14 x 1
A B
8
Series
Directional Control Valves
D1VW*C**PS*
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1) Solenoid Seal
2018N-9
Soft Shift Coil Roll Pin Body Standard Coil
Pushrod
(See Table 6, Item 45) 99 x 37 Not Available (See Table 4, Item 45)
81 and 82 Spools 697660 O-Ring
D1VW, B Style
Retainer Variation All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
(See Table 3, Item 5) (4 Req’d) Roll Pin
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) Torque Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625
Shipping Plate
697628
AC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Contents
Parts
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA
Data
Explosion Proof Solenoid
Stick Screw (See Table 9, Item 7)
1301066 (Note: CSA and UL Shown)
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque
Hydraulics
Nameplate
1300638
O-Ring
3907*-7
Series
Directional Control Valves
D1VW*C**E**
All Other Spools 697625
Riser Block
694190
D1VW, B Style
O-Ring
2012*-9 Roll Pin
(4 Req’d) 99 x 37
Shipping Plate
697779
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Hydraulic Valve Division
Parker Hannifin Corporation
NOTES:
1) AC Solenoid Components shown on left side, DC Solenoid Components shown on right side.
2) * Indicates Seal Compound. N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon, E-EPR.
Bulletin 2531-M2/USA Directional Control Valves
Ordering Information
Contents Series D1VW, B C Style
Table 1 – Spools
Code Item Part Number Qty Description
Table 3 – Retainer Variation
1
1 1 697601 1 #1 Spool Code Item Part Number Qty Description
All except
2 1 697602 1 #2 Spool 5 697981 A/R Standard Retainer
R, S, P & T
3 1 697603 1 #3 Spool
P or FP 697833 A/R Extended Override Retainer
4 1 697604 1 #4 Spool 5
HP or FHP 697161 A/R Extended Override Boot
5 1 697605 1 #5 Spool
All R 697981 A/R
6 1 697606 1 #6 Spool 5 Repairable Override Retainer
All S 1300289 A/R
7 1 697607 1 #7 Spool
697981 A/R Standard Retainer
8 1 697608 1 #8 Spool
All T 5 1300812 A/R Tamperproof Disc
9 1 1302128 1 #9 Spool
1300532 A/R Tamperproof Disc
10 1 697610 1 #10 Spool
11 1 697611 1 #11 Spool
14 1 697607 1 #7 Spool Reversed 1 Arrow points toward ‘A’ port for all spools
15 1 697603 1 #3 Spool Reversed except: 14, 15, 16 & 22.
16 1 697605 1 #5 Spool Reversed 2 Repairable cartridge P/N 1300300, for o-ring only,
21 1 697621 1 #21 Spool PN 5-190-*884-75. “*” indicates seal compound.
22 1 697621 1 #21 Spool Reversed N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon, E-EPR.
81 1 1210011 1 #1 20% Overlap Spool 3 81 and 82 spools not applicable with explosion proof
82 1 1210012 1 #11 20% Bleed Spool 3 options
A B A B
A B A B
1 Spool 10 Spool
1 697601
10 697610
P T P T
A B A B
2 Spool 11 Spool
2 697602 11 697611
P T P T
A B A B
3 Spool 14 Spool
3 697603
7 697614
P T P T
A B A B
4 Spool 15 Spool
4 697604
3 697615
P T P T
A B A B
5 Spool 16 Spool
5 697605 5 697616
P T P T
A B A B
6 6 Spool 21 Spool
697606 21 697621
P T P T
A B A B
7 Spool 22 Spool
7 697607 21 697622
P T P T
A B A B
8 Spool 81 Spool
8 697608 1210011
P T P T
A B A B
9 9 Spool 82 Spool
1302128 1210012
P T P T
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Figure 1: Variation 6, Double Solenoid Models with 5-Pin Manaplug without Lights.
Pilot
Valve Spool Nameplate Wiring diagram Item Part Number Qty Description
Wiring
Wire #6
(Red/Black)
1 1302154 1 Manaplug, 5-Pin
Wire #1
(Red/White) 2 MA693015 8 Ring Terminal
All Wire #4
(Red/Yellow)
3 MA6934542 4 Plastic Boot
See Detail A
D1VW Except B AB A Wire #3
(Green)
4 4 x 277SZ 4 Screw
Wire #2
8&9 (Red) 5 16 x 104SZ 4 Hex Nut
“B” Sol “A” Sol 6 MA697629 1 Warning Label
Solenoid
Wire
P
2 5 3
Wiring Instructions:
1. Cut solenoid wires to 100mm (4.00 in.), strip 10mm (.40 in.), and assemble ring
terminals (Item 3) to wire.
3. Slip ground screw (A1301070, Ref.) through ring terminal on green ground wire
(from manaplug) and secure to valve body.
4. Following the Wiring Diagram, stack one solenoid wire with one manaplug wire & install
screw through ring terminals & secure assembly with nut. Cover with plastic boot. (See Detail A)
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Figure 2: Variation 56, Double Solenoid Models with 5-Pin Manaplug with Lights.
Pilot Sol
Valve Spool Nameplate Wiring diagram Code Item Part Number Qty Description
Wiring
Wire #6 All 1 1302154 1 Manapug, 5-Pin
(Red/Black)
Wire #1
(Red/White) All 2 MA697629 1 Warning Label
All Wire #4
(Red/Yellow)
D1VW Except B AB A Wire #3
(Green)
Y C)1300650-Y 1 Circuit Board - 120VAC
Wire #2
8&9 (Red) Q C)1300650-Q 1 Circuit Board - 100VAC
“B” Sol “A” Sol T C)1300650-T 1 Circuit Board - 240VAC
R C)1300650-R 1 Circuit Board - 24VAC
Wire #1 A 3 C)1300650-R 1 Circuit Board - 24VAC
(Red/White)
Wire #5
(Red/Black) L C)1300650-L 1 Circuit Board - 6VDC
8&9 Wire #2 K C)1300650-K 1 Circuit Board - 12VDC
(Red)
Wiring Instructions:
1) Cut solenoid wires to 95mm (3.75 in.), strip 5.5mm (.200 in.).
3) Slip ground screw (A1301070, Ref.) through ring terminal on green ground
wire (from manaplug) and secure to valve body.
1 Manaplug must be
3
over solenoid “A”.
4) Insert solenoid and manaplug wires into terminal strip on cover (Item 3)
Torque as shown in wiring diagram. Ensure all wire strands are contained by the
5-7 In*Lbs. connector and tighten clamping screws to 0.5 N*m (5 In*lbs.).
NOTES:
1) When using the D1 Valve as a pilot, wiring may vary, consult factoy.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Solenoid Ratings**
Insulation Class F D1VW*****F Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†
Allowable Deviation Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding
from rated voltage -10% to +15% Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
Armature Wet pin type YF 120/60 1.90 0.42 21
CSA file LR60407 110/50 2.00 0.50 23
** DC Solenoids available with optional molded metal oxide varistor TF 240/60 0.95 0.22 21
(MOV) for surge suppression. 220/50 1.00 0.26 23
Leadwire length 6” from coil face.
LF 6 VDC — 4.00 24
KF 12 VDC — 2.00 24
D1VW Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†
JF 24 VDC — 1.00 24
Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding DF 120 VDC — 0.20 24
Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
ZF 250 VDC — 0.10 24
Y 120/60 2.00 0.49 25
† Based on nominal voltage @ 22°C (72°F)
110/50 2.10 0.58 27
T 240/60 1.00 0.26 25
220/50 1.05 0.31 27
Q 100/50 2.05 24 24
D1VW Soft Shift AC Electrical Characteristics
R 24/60 10. 50 2.70 27
A 24/50 8.7 2.65 28 Solenoid Input Coil Holding
Code Volts/Hz Voltage Amps Watts
L 6 VDC — 5.00 30
Q 100/50 86 VDC 2.87 30
K 12 VDC — 2.50 30
Y 120/60 98 VDC 3.27 30
J 24 VDC — 1.25 30 110/50
D 120 VDC — 0.25 30 T 240/60 214 VDC 7.13 30
Z 250 VDC — 0.12 30 220/50
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Warning
Before any circuit connection is broken, be sure to turn off all power and relieve system pressure. Lower all vertical
loads and cylinders, lock any load which could produce pressure and discharge any accumulators. Plug and cap all
lines and openings to prevent contamination from entering the system.
NOTE: Always make sure all parts have been cleaned before reassembling.
2. Inspection
a. Inspect all passage ways for obstructions.
b. Inspect all washers, push pins, plungers and pole faces for signs of wear and/or mushrooming. Inspect all
springs for signs of distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
c. Look for nicks and burrs on the spool and bore lands. Nicks in these areas indicate likely contamination of the
system fluid.
3. If there are no signs of nicks or burrs on the spool and bore, check the spool clearance as follows:
a. Lubricate the spool and bore with clean system fluid.
b. Insert the spool back into the body and slowly move the spool back and forth. The spool should move freely. If
there is any sticking between the spool and the bore, remove the spool and repeat 2b.
c. The spool clearance can also be checked by placing the valve body on end and inserting the spool. Gravity will
pull the spool to the other end if there is no sticking.
d. After several attempts have been made without resolution, replace the valve.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Valve spool fails to move
Cause Recommendation
Mechanical Recommended flow exceeded Check maximum flow rate for appropriate spool by spool function.
Recommended pressure exceeded Check maximum pressure rating for valve.
Improper installation connections Check installation drawings.
Contamination in system Disasemble, inspect, clean and flush.
Improper assembly Check proper assembly. Refer to drawing for appropriate model.
Valve has silted Disassemble and clean valve.
Electrical Power off Turn power on.
Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model.
Faulty connection Check connections.
Faulty coil Check coil resistance.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
9
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Applications for
FT series
■ Scissors Lifts
■ Fork Lifts
■ Off-highway
■ Turf Equipment
■ Aerial Lift
Features
Cover
■ Cast aluminum Fill Port
is lightweight (Optional)
and durable. ■ Optional port
allows for filling
of system fluid
through the filter.
Gauge This insures clean
■ Color-coded face
fluid is supplied to
indicates when system efficiently
element should with no mess.
be serviced.
Dipstick
(Optional)
Breather
■ Allows for fluid
Assembly (Optional)
■ Integral to the filter,
level monitoring
this option protects the without the need
system from airborne for additional
contaminants. This feature accessories.
along with the fill port
option can eliminate the
need for a standard filler/
breather cap.
Bypass Assembly
■ Full flow bypass
protects element
from over pressur-
Bowl ization. Bypass
■ Can be removed during
location allows
element service, allowing for inspection
for removal of sediment. during routine
element service.
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Particle Size (Micrometre)
25 25
150 SUS 10Q
150 SUS
Single Length 05Q 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
20Q
05Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
10 10
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
lve
Va 2.5
pass
By
30 15 1.0
2.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
20 1.5 10 ing
us
y Ho
pt
1.0 Em 0.5
10 5
0.5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Particle Size (Micrometre)
25 25
150 SUS 05Q 150 SUS
Single Length 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
10Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
20Q
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10 10
05Q
0.5 0.5
10Q
5 5
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
e 2.5
Valv
ass
Byp
30 15 1.0
2.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
g
1.5 in
20 10 us
Ho
y
pt
1.0 Em 0.5
10 5
0.5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Particle Size (Micrometre)
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
Single Length 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
05Q
10 10
05Q
10Q 10Q
20Q 0.5 0.5
5 5
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
2.5
lve
ss Va
30 Bypa 15
2.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
20 1.5 10
1.0 0.5
10 5
g
0.5 Housin
Empty
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
Operating Temperatures:
-22oF (-30oC) to 230oF (110oC)
Element Collapse Rating:
Standard: 150 psi (10.3 bar) 1.69 (43)
3.50 (89)
1.16 (29.5)
Breather Performance
FTA FTB
Air Flow (SCFM) Air Flow (SCFM)
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2.0 2.0
50 50
1.5 1.5
40 40
IN H2O
IN H2O
PSID
PSID
30 30
1.0 1.0
20 20
.5 .5
10 10
0.0 0.0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM
Installation
Dimensions A B C D E F G H I J K L M
are in(mm)
FTA
FTA 2.19 (55.5) 4.13 (105) 7.91 (201) 1.02 (26) 1.18 (30) 2.00 (51) 2.60 (66) 1.77 (45) 1.87 (47.5) 3.11 (.74) 3.46 (88) 3.07 (78) 2.36 (60)
FTB 2.87 (73) 4.41 (112) 8.74 (222) 1.22 (31) 1.50 (38) 2.56 (65) 3.19 (81) 2.32 (59) 2.38 (60.5) 3.86 (98) 4.53 (115) 3.94 (100) 2.95 (75)
FTC 4.25 (108) 6.69 (170) 11.38 (289) 1.50 (38) 3.11 (79) 3.90 (99) N/A N/A 3.23 (82) 6.50 (165) 5.59 (142) 6.89 (175) 4.72 (120)
G E F
G
F F
DE E
D
D
2.83
1.18(30)
(72) 3.35
1.18(30)
H 1.18(30) (85)
H
I
J J I
I
60°
.43 (11)
.10 (25) 45°
ø.43 (11)
ø.24 (6) L
L
45°
M K
K K
45°
45°
4.37 (111)
M
L M
ø.43 (11)
ø.24 (6) J
1
9
HOW TO ORDER:
Select the desired symbol (in the correct position) to construct a model code.
Example:
BO Design number
FTA 1 A 20Q P 25 N8 X assigned
by Parker
BOX 5: Indicator
Symbol Description
N None
P Plugged
V Visual Pressure Guage
E Electrical Pressure
Switch
General Description
The FC101 Series Flow Control Valves provide con-
stant regulated flow in one direction regardless of
(1) (2)
changes in load pressure. Flow in the reverse direction
is non-regulated, free flow. This cartridge can be used
in either meter-in or meter-out applications.
Operation
When flow enters the nose of the cartridge it passes
through a control orifice. This control orifice creates a
pressure differential across the regulating spool. As
the inlet flow increases, the pressure differential across
the regulating spool increases, allowing the regulating Full Flow
Outlet
spool to overcome its spring force and begin to shift. (1)
Metered Flow
As it shifts, it throttles to maintain a constant flow. Inlet
When the FC101 is used with a fixed displacement (2)
Metered Flow Outlet
pump, a relief valve will be required between the pump Free Flow Inlet
and the FC101.
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability Performance Curves
• Compact size for reduced space requirements
Regulated Flow vs. Pressure Drop
(Through cartridge only)
GPM LPM Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
8 30
Specifications 800
700
500
Maximum 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
Inlet Pressure 4 15 400
Mounting No Restrictions
150 11
Cavity Common Cavity No. C10-2
100 7
50 4
0
LPM 8 15 23 30
0
GPM 2 4 6 8
Flow (Q)
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk
Cartridge Only
Screw and
Knob Adjust -
1/4″ Internal Hex. Tamper
Resistant
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
58.4 61.0
(2.30) (2.40)
Max.
35.6
(1.40)
(1)
Full Flow Outlet Ø 15.8
Metered Flow Inlet (.62)
Cartridge Only
58.4
(2.30)
Max.
0.8 (.03)
Max.
Spotface
18.3
(.72)
38.1 2
50.8 (1.50)
(2.00)
1
3.6 R.
(.14)
19.1
(.75) 15.9
3.2 41.3 (.63)
(.13) (1.63) 31.8
50.8 (1.25)
(2.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk
FC 10 1
Pressure Size Type Adjustment Flow Optional Seals Body
Compensated Style Range Setting Option
Flow Control
Valve
Omit Nitrile
1 Spool
Shipping Weight
Cartridge Only .23 kg (0.5 lbs.)
Cartridge in Body .68 kg (1.5 lbs.)
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk
Pressure Gauges 2
PGL Series
• Stainless Steel (304SS) or Brass Case
• Built-in snubber
• Acrylic lenses
• Phosphor bronze bourdon tube
• Accuracy ± 1.5% of full scale
• Glycerine filled operating temperature: +13°F to 150°F (-25°C to +65°C)
2 1/2 ” Gauge
Size a a2 b c D d d1 E F f h i L M N ch p
in 2.5 0.22 0.26 1.1 0.39 3.3 2.67 2.46 2.95 1/4 " NPT 0.14 2.1 2.83 0.51 3.54 1.5 0.56 2.1
mm 63 5.6 6.6 28 10 85 68 62.6 75 1/4 " SAE 3.6 54.3 72 13 90 38 14x8 53
Ordering Information
PGL – A – 63 – N – B – 3000 – P
Mounting
Thread Type P Panel
N NPT *PFF Front Flange
S SAE (2 1/2 " stem only) S Stem
* Furnished with but not
assembled to stainless
cased gauges.
i i
ps g i i i i i si si si si si si si ps
- 20 in. H psi psi ps ps ps ps ps 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 00
PGL-A Hg 30 30 60 100 160 300 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100
30 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0-
2 1/2 " Stem • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2 1/2 " SAE Stem • • • • • • •
2 1/2 " Panel • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
4” Gauge
Size a a2 b c D d d1 E e F f h L p T V Z ch
in 4.0 0.30 0.67 1.33 0.42 5.2 4.3 3.9 4.6 1.1 1/ "
NPT 0.2 3.4 0.78 2.9 1.2 2.7 4.4 0.86
2
mm 100 7.5 17 33.9 10.8 132 109.8 101 118 2.9 — 6 86.8 20 74 30.5 70 112 22
Ordering Information
i
i i i si si si si si si si ps
ps ps ps 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 00 Mounting
PGL-A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
30 50 60 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 10
0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- P Panel
4" Stem • • • • • • • • •
4" Panel • • • • • • • • *PFF Front Flange
S Stem
* Furnished with but not
assembled to stainless
cased gauges.
6” Gauge
0 Size A B C D d1 E F G H J K L M N O P QZ
in 6.0 0.59 0.83 1.99 6.36 5.89 5.90 1/ "
NPT 0.79 3.40 4.14 6.10 6.46 0.78 1.99 6.36 0.65 4.65
2
mm 150 15 21 50.5 161.5 149.6 150 — 20 85 106 155 164 20 50.5 161.5 16.5 118
Ordering Information
i Mounting
ps Hg i i i i i i i si
20 i i si si si si psi ps ps ps ps ps ps ps 0 p
- i . ps ps p p p p
n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 P Panel
PGL-A Hg 30 30 60 100 160 300 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100
30 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0-
6" Stem • • • • • • *PFF Front Flange
6" Panel • • • • • • S Stem
* Furnished with but not
assembled to stainless
cased gauges.
GI Series
• Protects pressure gauge
• Double function – dampening the shock of pressure during opening
and isolating the
pressure gauge from pressure line
• Rotating nut enables the user to connect the pressure gauge and
orient the gauge face
• Made of press forged steel; buna face seal at bottom of NPT female
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids
• Suitable for pressures up to 5800 PSI
• Operating temperature –4°F to +212°F (–20°C to 100°C)
GI-290 GI-291
Part Working
No. Press. (PSI) A B C D E F G H L M N P Q OR ES
GI-290 5800 in. 1/4 " NPT /#4 SAE 0.47 0.22 2.05 2.42 1.34 0.47 — 2.09 0.59 0.0079 0.37 — 79.45 0.71
mm. N/A 12 5.6 52 61.5 34 12 M15x1 53 15 2 9.5 — 2018 18
GI-291 5800 in. 1/ " NPT
4 0.47 0.22 0.87 1.57 1.34 0.39 — 2.56 0.43 0.0079 0.37 1.06 79.45 0.71
mm. N/A 12 5.6 22 40 34 10 M15x1 65 11 2 9.5 27 2018 18
Ordering Information
Part No. Type Thread Size Working Pressure Panel Mount Kit
GI-290-N In-Line 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI Part No. Description
GI-290-S In-Line 1/4 " NPT F to #4 SAE M 5800 PSI PMK-290-291 Fits all Models
GI-291-N Elbow 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI
Order Information
GI Series
• Push to read
• Can be locked in actuated position
• Panel or in-line mounting
• Panel nut included
• Made of press forged steel
• 5800 PSI working pressure
• Maximum panel thickness 5/16 "
• 1/4 " NPT ports
• Viton seals
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids and other fluids
compatible with Viton seals
• Operating temperature –30°F to +240°F (–22°C to +115°C)
Ordering Information
Part No. Ports Working Pressure
GI-1400-N 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI
GI Series • Compact
• Viton seals
Six Station • 1/4 " SAE ports
• Panel mount
• Steel barstock body
• 5800 PSI working pressure
• Can read up to 6 pressure points with 1 gauge
• Turn to select, push to read selector knob with spring return
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids and other fluids
compatible with Viton seals
• Operating temperature –30°F to +240°F (–22°C to +115°C)
° 60
60 °
1 7/8" He x
2 /6 "
/3 "
/ 6"
180°
3 1/ 8 "
Ordering Information
Part No. Ports Working Pressure
GI-6000-S #4 SAE 5000 PSI
IFA, IFM Series • Flows to 150 GPM (unidirectional) Phosphate Ester Model Features
• Port sizes 1/8 " to 2" • Materials of construction: aluminum,
• Standard calibration fluid: 175 SUS brass, stainless steel
• Pressure rating aluminum & brass: 3,500 PSI (240 bar) • High pressure orientation 6000 PSI
• ±4% Full scale accuracy; ±1% full scale repeatability (415 bar) rating
• Temperature to 240°F (115°C) • Full scale accuracy within ±4%
• Good viscosity stability • Stainless steel internal parts
• Install in any in-line position • Flows up to 130 GPM (490 LPM)
• NPT, SAE, BSP • High temperature range to 600°F
• Read out scale mounted inside clear polycarbonate tube (316°C), alternate O-ring material
• Teflon coated alnico magnet required
• Stainless steel internal parts
Options: • Pressure rating: stainless steel 6000 PSI (415 bar)
• Ultra high temperature 600°F only
• Body casing available in aluminum, brass or stainless steel
• Phosphate ester model available
• Pneumatic and inert gas model available
• High temperature to 400°F (204°C)
• High temperature to 600°F (315°C)
• Water service
1/4 " - 1/2" size: 1 7/8" O.D. x 69/16 " length
3/4 " - 1" size: 2 3/8 " O.D. x 75/32 " length
1 1/4 " - 1 1/2 " size: 3 1/2 " O.D. x 10 1/8 " length
2" size: 3 1/2 " O.D. x 12 5/8 " length
30 21
A B C D
Size in mm in mm in mm in mm
04, 06, 08 6 9/16 167 3 11/32 85 3 5/32 80 1 7/8 47
12, 16 7 5/32 182 3 9/16 90 3 9/16 90 1 7/8 47
20, 24, 32 3 1/2 * 90 12 5/8† 322 – – – –
* 11/4 , 1 1/2 , #20 SAE, 1 1/4 BSP measure 3 1/2 " (90mm)
† 1 1/ , 1 1/ , #20 SAE, 1 1/ BSP measure 10 1/ " (258mm)
4 2 4 8
Ordering Information
IFM – A –16 – 30 N – *
Type Options Series
IFA* System Analyzer Omit No Options All
IFM In-line Flow Meter HT 400° High Temperature IFM
IFT** Flow Transmitter UT 600° High Temperature IFM
FA1 Flow Alarm (One Switch) G Pneumatic and Inert Gases IFM Must specify
FA2 Flow Alarm (Two Switch) LCD LCD Digital Display IFT
P Phosphate Ester IFM Must specify
Case W Water Service FA1, FA2, IFM, IFT
A Aluminum (Petroleum Base Fluid) Thread Type
B Brass (Water Base Fluid) NPT only B BSP
Part No. A B C D E F G H J K
LFM-750 in 5.1 2.4 0.3 2.7 1.6 3.0 1.2 2.0 1.6 0.3
mm 130 60 8 68 42 75 30 51 40 8
LFM-1500 in 7.1 2.6 0.4 2.8 2.6 3.3 1.7 3.0 2.1 0.4
mm 178 65 10 73 66 84 43 76 53 10
Note - Not suitable for reverse flow or direct mounting to steel plate.
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp-edged orifice and
tapered metering piston which moves in proportion to
changes in flow rate. In the no-flow condition the metering
piston is at the minimum orifice position and the pointer
indicates zero. With increasing flow the pressure difference
across the variable orifice formed by the metering piston and
fixed orifice moves the piston against the calibrated spring.
The piston movement is directly proportional to flow rate and
the sharp-edge orifice minimizes the effects of viscosity. The
piston is magnetically coupled to the rotary pointer assembly
1
which registers on a clear 2 /2" (63mm) scale calibrated LPM
and GPM.
Ordering Information
1093/9P000011
T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 T6 T11 T12 T13
U2 V2 W2
2U 2V 2W
U5 V5 W5 U5 V5 W5
T7 T8 T9 T7 T8 T9 T11 T12 T13
1U 1V 1W
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1 T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
1U 1V 1W
T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
Frame Size
DT71 thru DV132S
T5 T6 T4
Single-Speed / Dual-Voltage Connection
DT72
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc. USA
Diagram 2U 2V 2W
1U 1V 1W
∇∇ ∇ T1 T2 T3 T5 T6 T4
Low Voltage High Voltage
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate) 1U 1V 1W
U6 V6 W6
* * T1 T2 T3
U6 V6 W6
1093/9P000007
Diagram
∇
Low Speed High Speed
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
2U 2V 2W L1 L2 L3
1093/9P000010
T5 T6 T4
Frame Size Low Voltage High Voltage V6 U6 W6 2U 2V 2W
T8 T9 T7
DT71 thru DV225 200V - 50Hz 346V - 50Hz T5 T6 T4
208V - 60Hz 360V - 60Hz 1U 1V 1W V6 U6 W6
T1 T2 T3 T8 T9 T7
220V - 50Hz 380V - 50Hz
230V - 50Hz 400V - 50Hz * * 1U
T1
1V
T2
1W
T3
240V - 50Hz 415V - 50Hz L1 L2 L3 * *
330V - 60Hz 575V - 60Hz *Customer Supplied Motor Starter Contacts
Diagram
Diagram ∇
Low Voltage
∇ Low Speed High Speed
High Voltage (See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
2U1 2V1 2W1 L1 L2 L3
0997/9P000022
V2
T6 T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 2U1 2V1 2W1
W2 U2 V2 2W2 2U2 2V2 T11 T12 T13
T16 T14 T15
U1 V1 W1 2W2 2U2 2V2
U1 V1 W1 1U 1V 1W T16 T14 T15
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
1U 1V 1W
T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
USCS 0100
Ì®±«¾´»-¸±±¬·²¹ ݸ¿®¬
Ó±¬±®Ž- ¿´´±©¿¾´» ¼«¬§ ½§½´» ·- »¨½»»¼»¼ ̸» °®±¾´»³ ³¿§ ±® ³¿§ ²±¬ ¾» -±´ª»¼
ø¬±± ³¿²§ -¬¿®¬- °»® ¸±«® ®»¯«·®»¼÷ò ©·¬¸ ¿ ´¿®¹»® ³±¬±®ò ݱ²¬¿½¬ ÍÛÉó
Û«®±¼®·ª»ò
Í·²¹´» °¸¿-·²¹ ¼«» ¬± ¾®»¿µ ±® ´±±-» ½±²ó λ°¿·® -«°°´§ ´·²»-ò
²»½¬·±² ·² -«°°´§ ´·²» ±® ¾´±©² º«-»ò λ°´¿½» º«-»-ò
Ó±¬±® ¼±»- ²±¬ ®«²ò Ó±¬±® °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» ¿½¬·ª¿¬»¼ò λ-»¬ °®±¬»½¬·ª» ¼»ª·½»ò ×¼»²¬·º§ ¿²¼
½±®®»½¬ ½¿«-» º±® ¼»ª·½» ¿½¬·ª¿¬·±²ò
Ó±¬±® °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» º¿«´¬§ ±® ©·´´ ²±¬ ݸ»½µ °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» º±® º¿«´¬-ò
®»-»¬ò
Ó±¬±® ²±¬ ½±²²²»½¬»¼ º±® °®±°»® ª±´¬¿¹»ò ݸ»½µ ½±²²»½¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ·² ½±²¼«·¬ ¾±¨
½±ª»® ¿²¼ ½±®®»½¬ ¬¸» ©·®·²¹ò
Ó±¬±® ©·´´ ²±¬ -¬¿®¬ ±® -¬¿®¬- -´«¹¹·-¸´§ò
Ô¿®¹» ª±´¬¿¹» ¿²¼ñ±® º®»¯«»²½§ º´«½¬«¿¬·±² Û²-«®» -¬¿¾´» °±©»® -«°°´§ò
¿¬ -¬¿®¬·²¹ò
Ú±® ®»¼«½»¼ ª±´¬¿¹» -¬¿®¬·²¹ô ³±¬±® ©·´´ ²±¬ ײ-«ºº·½·»²¬ ¬±®¯«» ·² ͬ¿® ݱ²²»½¬·±²ò ͬ¿®¬ ³±¬±® ¼·®»½¬´§ ·² Ü»´¬¿ ݱ²²»½¬·±² ·º
-¬¿®¬ ·² ͬ¿® ݱ²²»½¬·±² ¾«¬ ©·´´ -¬¿®¬ ·² °±--·¾´»ò Ѭ¸»®©·-» «-» ¿ ´¿®¹»® ³±¬±®ò
Ü»´¬¿ ½±²²»½¬·±²ò Ú¿«´¬§ ½±²¬¿½¬ ·² ͬ¿®ñÜ»´¬¿ -¬¿®¬»®ò ݱ®®»½¬ º¿«´¬ ½±²¼·¬·±²ò
Ú¿«´¬§ ±® ¼»º»½¬·ª» ©·²¼·²¹ò Ø¿ª» ³±¬±® ®»°¿·®»¼ ¾§ ¯«¿´·º·»¼ -»®ª·½»
Ó±¬±® ¸«³- ¿²¼ ¼®¿©- ¸·¹¸ ½«®®»²¬ò -¸±°ò
ᬱ® ¼®¿¹¹·²¹ò
͸±®¬ ½·®½«·¬ ·² °±©»® -«°°´§ ½±²¼«½¬±®- ±® ݱ®®»½¬ ¬¸» º¿«´¬ ½±²¼·¬·±²ò
·² ¬¸» ³±¬±®ò
Ú«-»- ¾´±© ±® ³±¬±® ±ª»®½«®®»²¬ °®±¬»½¬·±² Ó±¬±® ¸¿- ¹®±«²¼ º¿«´¬ ±® ©·²¼·²¹ ¬± ©·²¼ó Ø¿ª» ³±¬±® ®»°¿·®»¼ ¾§ ¯«¿´·º·»¼ -»®ª·½»
¬®·°- ·³³»¼·¿¬»´§ò ·²¹ -¸±®¬ ½·®½«·¬ò -¸±°ò
Ò±¬»æ ׺ô ¿º¬»® °®±½»»¼·²¹ ¬¸®±«¹¸ ¬¸» Ì®±«¾´»-¸±±¬·²¹ ݸ¿®¬ô ¬¸» ³±¬±® ·- º±«²¼ ¬± ¾» ¼»º»½¬·ª»ô ½±²¬¿½¬ §±«® ²»¿®»-¬ ÍÛÉóÛ«®±¼®·ª» ß--»³¾´§ Ý»²¬»®
º±® ©¿®®¿²¬§ ¿--·-¬¿²½» ±® ®»°´¿½»³»²¬ °¿®¬-ò
Technical Features
l Snubbers with a male SAE thread are adjustable allowing the knob to be pointed in any direction.
Female to Female
Port Configurations Model Code Price
.250 NPTF (Female), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-AA $ 25.00
SAE 4 (Female), SAE 4 (Female) NSAB-KXV-HH $ 25.00
.250 BSPP (Female), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-TT $ 28.00
Male to Female
Port Configurations Model Code Price
SAE 4 (Male), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-AS $ 28.00
.250 NPTF (Male), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-BA $ 24.00
.250 BSPP (Male), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-BT $ 28.00
SAE 4 (Male), SAE 4 (Female) NSAB-KXV-HS $ 28.00
.250 BSPP (Male), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-TA $ 28.00
Special Notes :
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/snubbersppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1... 07/30/03
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory trial version http://www.pdffactory.com
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Gearmotors and Gear Reducers
01 805 52 US
These operating instructions are intended to help you install and SEW-Eurodrive supplies the recommended hollowshaft mount-
operate the drive. For trouble free service, proper installation and ing paste with every hollow shaft reducer. The mounting paste is
operation are essential. Additionally, these instructions contain to be applied on the keyed output shaft. The mounting paste is to
important recommendations on maintenance. aid in the prevention of rusting and fretting corrosion between the
reducer hollowshaft and the shaft of the driven machine. The
Before shipment every SEW-Eurodrive gear unit is tested, mounting paste will aid in shaft removal when necessary.
checked and properly packed. However, please inspect the drive
immediately upon arrival for shortage or transit damage. Note the For additional information on shaft mounted reducers, drive shaft
damage or shortage on the freight bill of lading and file a claim configuration and tolerances, refer to the SEW-Eurodrive Catalog
with the carrier. Also, notify SEW-Eurodrive of the shortage or or request Documents #2201, 2202.
damage.
For additional information call the SEW FAXline, 1-800-601-6195, and request document number shown.
Oil levels and oil quality should be checked at frequent intervals, Grease packed bearings should be cleaned and regreased every
depending on usage. Oil changes are required at intervals of 10,000 hours or 20,000 hours for synthetic grease. Input (high
10,000 operating hours or every two years, whichever comes speed) bearings should not be overgreased. They should be
first. If a synthetic oil lubricant is used then this period can be ex- filled with grease not to exceed 1/3 of the bearing’s free volume.
tended to 20,000 operating hours or every four years, whichever For output bearings and bearings with replaceable grease
comes first. In applications where hostile operating conditions shields, fill to 2/3 of their free volume.
exist, such as high humidity, corrosive environment, or large
temperature changes, the lubricant should be changed at more
frequent intervals. When the recommended lubricant is not available, it is permissi-
ble to use a lubricant having equivalent characteristics but we do
The gear units W20 and W30 are supplied with a synthetic oil not recommend that lubricants of different brands be mixed. Un-
which is good for the life of the reducer, independent of the der no circumstances should synthetic lubricants be mixed with
mounting position. one another, or with one having a mineral base.
2
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
For additional information call the SEW FAXline, 1-800-601-6195, and request document number shown.
3
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
Right Angle Helical-Bevel Gear Units - “K” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
B3, H1, B3I,
Gear Unit B5I B6II B5 B5II B5III B6, B8I B6I B8
K..37 0.13 0.34 0.29 0.40 0.29 0.26 0.16 0.26
K..47 0.21 0.53 0.34 0.58 0.45 0.34 0.21 0.40
K..57 0.29 0.84 0.61 0.92 0.69 0.63 0.40 0.63
K..67 0.29 0.90 0.63 0.95 0.74 0.63 0.40 0.69
K..77 0.58 1.56 1.08 1.58 1.16 1.08 0.74 1.16
K..87 0.98 2.88 2.16 3.14 2.38 2.11 0.98 2.30
K..97 1.85 5.28 3.88 5.68 4.57 3.70 1.85 4.14
K..107 2.64 8.45 5.81 9.24 6.86 5.54 2.64 6.73
K..127 5.54 14.26 10.96 14.52 12.14 10.96 5.54 11.62
K..157 8.18 23.76 17.42 24.29 18.22 16.37 8.18 17.16
K/KH..166 8.18 31.15 — 31.15 — — — —
K/KH..186 15.05 51.22 — 51.22 — — — —
Mounting Position
Gear Unit V1, V1I V5, V5I V6/V6I H2 H3 H4 H5, H6
K..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.37 0.26 0.26
K..47 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.55 0.34 0.42
K..57 0.77 0.69 0.63 0.74 0.95 0.69 0.77
K..67 0.71 0.69 0.69 0.71 0.95 0.63 0.69
K..77 1.19 1.11 1.16 1.21 1.58 1.08 1.16
K..87 2.22 2.06 2.11 2.32 2.93 2.16 2.11
K..97 4.14 4.14 4.09 4.14 5.28 3.88 4.14
K..107 6.60 6.34 6.34 6.34 8.45 5.41 6.34
K..127 10.82 10.56 10.82 11.35 13.73 10.96 10.56
K..157 16.37 15.31 16.37 17.69 22.97 17.42 16.37
K/KH..166 25.08 — — — — — —
K/KH..186 40.92 — — — — — —
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2113 for K-Series mounting position diagrams.
the
SNUGGLER® Helical Gear Units - “F” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
Gear Unit H2, B5II, H3, B5III,
H1 B5 B6 B6II B3I, B8I H4, B3, B8 B5I H5 V1 V5 H6, V3, V6
F..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.18 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.34 0.32 0.32 0.32
F..47 0.40 0.42 0.40 0.29 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
F..57 0.71 0.73 0.69 0.55 0.79 0.77 0.77 1.08 1.08 1.06 1.00
F..67 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.50 0.84 0.77 0.77 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
F..77 1.32 1.35 1.32 1.14 1.66 1.59 1.59 2.11 2.14 2.11 1.93
F..87 2.64 2.72 2.64 2.06 2.96 2.85 2.91 3.65 3.72 3.65 3.49
F..97 4.89 5.02 4.89 3.33 5.42 4.89 4.99 6.65 6.74 6.65 5.94
F..107 6.47 6.74 6.47 5.15 7.40 7.13 7.26 9.91 10.17 9.91 8.45
F..127 10.30 10.96 10.70 8.98 12.94 12.28 12.28 16.11 16.64 16.11 14.79
F..157 17.95 19 18.22 16.9 20.86 22.18 22.97 27.46 27.98 27.72 27.72
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2112 for F-Series mounting position diagrams.
For additional information call the SEW FAXline, 1-800-601-6195, and request document number shown.
Hydraulics
Service Parts Guide
PVP SERIES
VARIABLE VOLUME
PISTON PUMP
Model PVP 41 * * * * 10
Model PVP 48 * * * * 10
1
REAR PORTED PUMP
2
INCLUDED IN
3
16 COVER ASSEMBLY
20 15 17 1 10 21 58
40
INCLUDED IN 27 71 17 FT.-LB.
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
28 INCLUDED IN COVER ASSEMBLY
50
26
18 2 9 13 11 14 57
19 98 6 7 12 13
70 FT.-LB. 60
17 FT.-LB. 25 ROT
BOTTOM ON 3
SWASHPLATE
5
IN OUT
8 4
INCLUDED IN
HOUSING ASS’Y 17 FT.-LB. 22 BOTTOM IN FRONT HSG
NOTE:
1. PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP WITH REAR PORTS.
FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS
WILL BE REVERSED.
2. INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 16 (SERVO POST) ABOVE ITEM 58 (REAR COVER)
TO BE 1.743/1.747.
3. INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 28 (NEEDLE BEARING) ABOVE ITEM 58 (REAR COVER)
TO BE .150/.130.
2
SIDE PORTED PUMP
26 17 FT.-LB.
66 10 FT.-LB.
65
67
58
O-RING # 3908 -9
O-RING # 2011 -9
IN OUT
ROT
70 FT.-LB. 60
68 17 FT.-LB.
NOTE:
PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION,
SIDE PORTED PUMP. FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION
PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
3
CONTROL OPTIONS
93 97
96 89 87 86
92
90
4
THRU SHAFT OPTIONS
COMPENSATOR-REF.
78 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE
(VAR. 6A1)
80
94 O-RING
#2035 -7
13 FT.-LB.
TORQUE
O-RING #2035 -7
86
85
84
82 83 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE
81 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE (VAR. 6B1 & 6B2)
79 (VAR. 6A2)
O-RING
#2243 -7
O-RING
#2237 -7
(LATER DESIGNS
INCORPORATE A
GASKET, P/N 801209)
13 FT.-LB.
13 FT.-LB. TORQUE
TORQUE
O-RING
O-RING #2042 -7 #2042 -7
5
19
27 BEARING SEPARATE
O-RING 17 FT.-LB.
50 # 2035 -7
BOTTOM ON
SWASH PLATE 25
5
18 8
98 20 3
4
21
15
17
1
2
NOTES:
1. PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP WITH REAR PORTS.
FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
6
50 IN.-LB.
70 FT.-LB.
17 FT.-LB.
60 O-RING
STANDARD # 3908 -9
COMPENSATOR
ASSEMBLY ITEM #90 71
7
PVP
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION
1 787761 1 SWASHPLATE ASS’Y 41 40 787782 1 SERVO PISTON
2 787766 1 SLIPPER PLATE 48 40 787770 1 SERVO PISTON
3 787775 2 TRUNNION PIN
P 4 787784 2 BEARING-TRUNNION
5 787772 2 TRUNNION PLATE 10 1000 PSI COMP. SET
6 787765 1 SLIPPER RETAINER 20 2000 PSI COMP. SET
7 787115 11 PISTON ASSEMBLY 30 3000 PSI COMP. SET
8 2035 -7 2 O-RING 36 3600 PSI COMP. SET
9 787768 1 BALL SEAT
10 23X68 3 BARREL PIN
11 787759 1 BARREL OMIT 50 787747 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“B” STR.
12 787779 1 SPRING-BARREL B 50 787748 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“B” SPL.
V 13 787767 2 WASHER-SPRING C 50 787745 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“BB” STR.
14 56X321 1 RETAINING RING D 50 787746 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“BB” SPL.
15 787780 1 SWASH PLATE SPRING
16 787771 1 SERVO POST
17 787769 1 SWASH SPRING GUIDE OMIT 60 10X296 4 CAP SCREW
18 56X352 1 RETAINING RING 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
19 56X337 1 RETAINING RING 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
20 788069 1 HOUSING ASS’Y 66 12X221 4 BOLTS
21 787763 1 GASKET-COVER 2
67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
22 99X127 2 ROLL PIN 68 108X10 1 PLUG (DRAIN)
P 23 800511 1 NAMEPLATE 69 800757 1 FLANGE COVER (1-1/2")
24 39X10 2 DRIVE SCREW 70 787799 1 FLANGE COVER (1")
25 12X221 8 HEX BOLT 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
26 108X10 1 PLUG 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
27 787350 1 BALL BEARING 3 66 12X221 4 BOLTS
28 787781 1 NEEDLE BEARING 67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
68 108X10 1 PLUG (DRAIN)
NOTES:
1. O-RING COMPOUND DESIGNATION - (OMIT) =NITRILE, V =VITON
2. FOR PROPER OPERATION OF “H” CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH
A REMOTE COMPENSATOR ASS’Y. (OPTION “M” - PART NUMBER 787028)
3. FOR PROPER OPERATION OF ‘C’ CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH
A LOAD SENSE COMPENSATOR ASS’Y. (OPTION “A” - PART NUMBER 787027)
4. SEAL KIT P/N SKPVP ** (** - DESIGN SERIES)
41 (41 CC/REV)
48 (48 CC/REV)
5. ROTATING GROUP KIT RRKPVP ** (** - DESIGN SERIES)
R (CW)
L (CCW)
41 (41 CC/REV)
48 (48 CC/REV)
8
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION
R 57 787789 1 PORT PLATE - CW OMIT 77
L 57 787790 1 PORT PLATE - CCW A1 78 787233 1 “AA” PILOT, 1/2 KEYED
A2 79 787234 1 “A” PILOT, 3/4 KEYED
A3 80 787235 1 “AA” PILOT, 9T SPLINE
A4 81 787236 1 “A” PILOT, 9T SPLINE
6 A5 82 787392 1 “A” PILOT, 11T SPLINE
B1 83 787237 1 “B” PILOT, 7/8 KEYED
O
R 58 787819 1 COVER ASS’Y-REAR PORT-RH B2 84 787238 1 “B” PILOT, 1" KEYED
M
I
L 58 787820 1 COVER ASS’Y-REAR PORT-LH B3 85 787239 1 “B” PILOT, 13T SPLINE
T
R 58 787815 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE; FLNG-RH B4 86 787240 1 “B” PILOT, 15T SPLINE
2
L 58 787816 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE; FLNG-LH
3 R 58 787817 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE, STRT-RH
L 58 787818 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE, STRT-LH
OMIT 61 787010 - * 1 STANDARD COMP ASS’Y
M 62 787028 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (INT)
ME 63 787029 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (EXT)
OMIT 71 108X8 1 PLUG (VOLUME STOP) A 64 787027 - * 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASS’Y
2 72 787749 1 VOLUME STOP KIT 787823 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
H 65
787028 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (INT)
787823 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
C 65
787027 - * 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASS’Y
OMIT 98 787751 1 SHAFT SEAL - BUNA
V 98 787791 1 SHAFT SEAL - VITON
CAUTION
These service parts are intended for use in hydraulic pumps.
Incorrect installation or assembly of these parts could cause the
pump or pumps being repaired to fail in subsequent use, or to
operate incorrectly.
9
Parker Hannifin Corporation
Hydraulic Pump/Motor Division
2745 Snapps Ferry Road
Greeneville, TN 37745 USA
Hydraulics Tel: (423) 639-8151
Fax: (423) 787-2418
12
Web site: www.parker.com/pumpmotor
PM 1624 11/99 IGS Printed in USA
Bulletin PM1624-10-M1/USA
PVP Series
Variable Volume
Piston Pump
Service Bulletin
Model
PVP41**** 10
PVP48**** 10
Bulletin PM1624-10-M1/USA Parker Pumps Parts & Service
Model PVP41/48**** 10
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR
RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or
system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application
and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and
applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection
of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to
change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors.
This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
Compensator Assemblies................................................................................. 7
Ordering Information...................................................................................12-13
HOUSING INCLUDED IN
2 COVER ASSY
ASSY
20 15 17 1 10 3 21 16 58 COVER
ASSY
40
INCLUDED 23 N.m
IN SHAFT (17 FT-LB)
ASSEMBLY
71
27
22
28
50 18 2 9 13 11 14 57 67 65 66
SHAFT 13.6 N.m
ASSY O-RING # (10 FT-LB)
19 98 6 7 12 13
3908 -9
O-RING #
SECTION x-x 2011 -9
72 ADJUSTABLE MAX.VOL.STOP
VOLUME STOP OPTION "2"
NOTE:
1 PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP. FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW)
ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
2 INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 16 (SERVO POST) ABOVE ITEM 58
(REAR COVER) TO BE 44.27/44.37mm (1.743/1.747").
3 INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 28 (NEEDLE BEARING) ABOVE ITEM 58
(REAR COVER) TO BE 3.30/3.81mm (.130/.150").
4 INSTALL ITEM 4 (TRUNNION BEARING) INTO HOUSING FLUSH WITH THE
BOTTOM OF THE O-RING GROOVE.THE SEAM MUST BE ORIENTED TOWARDS
THE REAR COVER WITHIN ±30˚.
23 N.m
SIDE PORTED
PUMP x 5.6 N.m
(50 IN-LB)
90
95 N.m (17 FT-LB)
(70 FT-LB)
68
60
BOTTOM ON
SWASHPLATE
IN OUT
3
ROT
8
4 68 BOTTOM IN
INCLUDED IN 22
FRONT HSG
HOUSING ASS'Y
SEE NOTE 4 23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
x
REAR PORTED
PUMP
ROT
IN OUT
SEE NOTE 4
FOR INSTALLATION OF THE
TRUNNION BEARING (ITEM 4).
10 8 11
ORIFICE
.96 mm
(.038")
108X2
13.6 N.m
CAUTION (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
WHEN REPLACING PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY, 10X215 - 4 PLCS.
COMPENSATOR MUST BE 5.7 N.m
LOCKED OUT AT THE (50 IN-LB)TORQUE
MAXIMUM OPERATING
PRESSURE OF THE PUMP
787013
"OMIT" 787012
STANDARD
2009 -7
COMPENSATOR
787015 787018
787017
KIT P/N:
788948 787015
10X218 - 4 PLCS.
5.7 N.m
50 N.m (50 IN-LB)TORQUE
(37 FT-LB)
TORQUE 108X4
13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
800599
3 PLCS.
"A"&"ME"
10.8 N.m
(8 FT-LB)
"M","ME"&"A" TORQUE
REMOTE
COMPENSATORS
KIT P/N:
786952 786911-"M"
786912-"A"&"ME"
27 N.m
(20 FT-LB) 786910
TORQUE
787025 2009 -7
2014 -7
789066 107X14
3910 -9 789062
26X65 786914 787018
(3/8-16UNC) 789092
17X20
786775
786776
"M"&"ME"
"A"
OPTION
OPTION
789060
786755(2 PC.NOM.)
68 N.m 788499(2 PC.NOM.)
(50 FT-LB)
TORQUE 789061
3910 -9
.96 mm
16 (.038 DIA.) 18
ORIFICE REF.
SEE
SLEEVE ASSY DETAIL
DETAIL
20
SEE
21 NOTE
1
5 3
27 N.m
(20 FT-LB)
TORQUE
10 17
9 13
6
34 N.m
(25 FT-LB)
8 12 TORQUE
15
2
22
7 11
4 1 14 19
78
SET SCREW
13.6 N.m
THRU SHAFT VARIATION (10 FT-LB)
"6A1" TORQUE
SET SCREW
79 81 82
(VAR.B1,B2)
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS 13.6 N.m
"6A2","6A4","6A5","9A4",9A5" (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
REAR PUMP CONFIGURATION:
- SAE A 2 BOLT ROLL PIN
- 3.250 PILOT DIAMETER (VAR.B3,B4)
- SHAFT SIZES:
GASKET
6A2 - 3/4"STR.KEYED - KIT # 787234 # 801209
6A4 - 9 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787236
6A5 - 11 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787392 17.7 N.m
9A4 - 9 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788208 (13 FT-LB)
9A5 - 11 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788209 TORQUE
O-RING
#2042 -7
SET SCREW
83 84 85 86
(VAR.B1,B2)
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS 13.6 N.m
"6B1","6B2","6B3","6B4","9B3",9B4" (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
13.6 Nm
(10 FT-LB)
O-RING TORQUE
#2035 -7 25
BOTTOM ON 5
SWASH PLATE
SEAM OF TRUNNION BEARING 8
TOWARDS REAR COVER ±30˚
BEARINGS INCLUDED 3
IN HOUSING ASSY
4
19
27
50
INCLUDED IN
SHAFT ASSY 15
18
SHAFT
ASSY 98 17
23 1
24
20
21
22 BOTTOM IN
FRONT HOUSING
2 PLACES
CONNECTED TO
SIDE PORT OF
"A" OR "M"
TYPE OPTION
COMPENSATOR
CONNECTED TO
SIDE PORT OF
"A" OR "M"
TYPE OPTION
COMPENSATOR
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
HI-LO TORQUE HORSEPOWER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY CONTROL ASSEMBLY
USED ON OPTIONS USED ON OPTIONS
"HLA" OR "HLM" "H" OR "C"
13.6 N.m 13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB) 95 (10 FT-LB) 94
TORQUE TORQUE
NOTE:
1. ILLUSTRATION SHOWS RIGHTHAND(CW) ROTATION PUMP.LEFTHAND(CCW) PUMPS WILL HAVE THE
INLET AND OUTLET PORTS ON OPPOSITE SIDE AND PORT PLATE KIDNEYS REVERSED.
2. SEAL KIT(SKPVP41/48 10)CONSISTS OF: ALL O-RINGS,GASKETS,AND SHAFT SEAL.
23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
O-RING #
3908 -9
71 13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB)
66
INCLUDED IN
REAR COVER ASSY 16
40
65
67
O-RING
2035 -7
60
58
95 N.m
28 (70 FT-LB)
57
14 68
BEARING ONLY
13 INCLUDED IN
REAR COVER
12 ASSEMBLY
13 23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
11 O-RING #
3910 -9
2 PLACES
10
9
PARTS INCLUDED IN
6 ROTATING GROUP REPAIR KIT:
7 RRKPVP41/48R10 (R.H. ROTATION)
RRKPVP41/48L10 (L.H. ROTATION)
2
41
PVP
48
BASIC DISPLACEMENT PRESSURE SHAFT PORTING VOL.STOP
ROTATION
PUMP CC/REV RANGE OPTION OPTION OPTION
10
THRU
CONTROL SEAL PAINT DESIGN
SHAFT
OPTION OPTION OPTION SERIES
OPTION
NOTES:
1 O-RING COMPOUND DESIGNATION - (OMIT)= NITRILE, V =VITON
2 FOR PROPER OPERATION OF "HLM" CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH A "M" OPTION COMPENSATOR.
3 FOR PROPER OPERATION OF "HLA" CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH A "A" OPTION COMPENSATOR.
4 SEAL KIT P/N: SKPVP41/48 10
ROTATING GROUP KIT P/N: RRKPVP41/48R10 (R.H. ROTATION)
RRKPVP41/48L10 (L.H. ROTATION)
SERVICE NOTES:
USE A CLEAN LUBRICANT(COMPATIBLE WITH THE WORKING FLUID)ON ALL
PUMP COMPONENTS DURING ASSEMBLY.
THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE RESERVOIR,SUCTION LINES,SUCTION STRAINER,
DRAIN LINES,ETC.BEFORE RE-INSTALLING THE PUMP.
MOST PREMATURE PUMP FAILURES OCCUR WHEN CONTAMINANTS FROM A PREVIOUS
FAILURE HAVE NOT BEEN REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM,OR CAUSE FOR PREVIOUS
FAILURE IS STILL PRESENT(I.E.WATER IN OIL,FILTER BYPASSING,ETC.)
ALWAYS FILL THE PUMP CASE WITH CLEAN FLUID BEFORE STARTING A NEW OR
SERVICED PUMP.FOR FLOODED SUCTION,PURGE AIR FROM SUCTION LINES BY
CRACKING THE INLET FITTING OR VENT PLUG ON PUMP.THIS SHOULD
PREVENT AN AIRLOCK CONDITION AND ALLOW FOR FASTER PRIMING.
STARTING THE PUMP SLOWLY BY JOGGING(OR TURNING OVER ENGINE WITHOUT
ALLOWING IT TO START)WILL HELP THE PUMP PRIME AND MAKE IT EASIER
TO DETERMINE WHEN PRIMING HAS OCCURED.
START PUMP WITH AN OPEN CIRCUIT WHENEVER POSSIBLE.REDUCE THE COMPENSATOR
TO ITS MINIMUM SETTING DURING START-UP.CYCLE THE PUMP ON AND OFF STROKE
WHILE INCREASING THE COMPENSATOR TO ITS REQUIRED SETTING.
THIS WILL ASSIST IN BREAK-IN OF NEW COMPONENTS AND HELP PURGE AIR FROM
THE CASE.
BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING:
PUMP WILL NOT PRIME
PUMP SHOULD PRIME WITHIN 30 SECONDS.IF IT DOES NOT, STOP
CHECK FOR PROPER DRIVE ROTATION
MAKE SURE PUMP SHAFT IS TURNING(I.E. KEY AT COUPLING HUBS IS ENGAGED)
MAKE SURE RESERVOIR IS FULL
CHECK FOR MAJOR SOURCES OF A SUCTION LEAK(VENT PLUG OPEN,SHAFT SEAL
MISSING(PAVC),FLANGE NOT TIGHT,PINCHED O-RING AT FLANGE OR PUMP HOUSING)
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This
offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items,
when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance
of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other
offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products are property in its sole discretion at any time.
subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings,
stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited to these confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other
terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or inconsis- items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and
tent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any acceptance of may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed
an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, different without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using
or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the contract such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to
between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing by Seller. such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control.
Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is expressly 9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and
conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions stated charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like
herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufac-
contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all ture, sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must
events constitute such assent. be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the amount
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer agrees
of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt of its
shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax imposed
or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from and against
by Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon which may
Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
shipment. 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks,
be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided
however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. in this Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations
Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no of infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress
liability for any delays in delivery. and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages
from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that
date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property
COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer
ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole
SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all
TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, WHETHER negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is
EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, TRADE subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third
USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WARRAN- right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make
TIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY OR it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the
PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS. purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwith-
5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR IN standing the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringe-
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CONTRACT ment based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items
SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part
THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or
BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of
BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for
CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, an item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer
WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN TORT, INCLUDING WITH- resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark,
OUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE TO WARN OR STRICT copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right.
LIABILITY. 11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason
modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter
as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all ‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without
or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, rules
cancellation shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller or regulations of any government or government agency, fires, floods,
unless accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of materials
Acceptance of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
at Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set
Seller may require. forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall
tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are
acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This
tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio.
any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this
apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after
items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially the cause of action accrues.
converted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any 9/91-P
charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the
General Description
The PRH122 Series, Pilot Operated, Pressure Reduc-
ing Valves can be used in any application where a
regulated pressure lower than system pressure is (3) (1)
required.
Operation (2)
The pilot section controls the valve setting when
reducing. As pressure at the regulated port exceeds
the valve setting, the valve throttles or closes in order
to maintain constant downstream pressure.
Pressure (3) (2) Drain/Vent
Features
Reg.
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability (1)
Performance Curve
Specifications Flow vs. Regulated Pressure
Maximum Flow 113.7 LPM (30 GPM)
(Through cartridge only)
PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
Maximum Inlet 380 Bar (5500 PSI) - Steel 6000 414
Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum
5000 345
Maximum 345 Bar (5000 PSI) - Steel
Setting Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum
4000 276
Pressure
Mounting No restrictions
prh122.pm6.5, bl, ll
Cartridge Only
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
36.0 37.7 39.6 38.9
(1.42) (1.48) (1.56) (1.53)
1-1/4² Hex.
76 N.m.
* 1-1/16-12
Thread
UNF-2A (672 In.-Lbs.)
(2) Torque
57.9
(2.28)
(3)
* For applications over 210 Bar
(3000 PSI), Thread Lock
Compound is recommended.
Cartridge In Body
35.0
(1.42)
2
20.6
(.81)
42.1
(1.66)
3
73.0
(2.88)
88.9
(3.50)
8.7
(.34)
1
45.0 19.0
(1.77) (.75)
77.8 5.5 38.1
(3.06) (.22) (1.50)
88.9
(3.50)
prh122.pm6.5, bl, ll
PRH 12 2
5000 PSI Size Style Adjustment Pressure Optional Seals Body
Design Style Range Pressure Option
P.O. Pressure Setting
Reducing
Valve
Code Style
2 Pressure
Reducing Valve Description
Pressure ÷ 10
i.e. 16.2 = 162 Bar (235 = 2350 PSI)
Code Type Setting Range:
6.9 to 345 Bar (100 to 5000 PSI)
F Fixed style, preset at factory. Specify desired All settings at 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
flow and pressure.
i.e. 172.4 Bar (2500 PSI) @ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM).
Note: For any given valve setting, any change
in flow will cause a change in pressure.
Code Port Size & Material
K Knob Adjust
Omit Cartridge Only
S Screw Adjust
6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-3-6P) Steel
T Tamper Resistant Cap
A6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-3-A6P) Aluminum
8P 1/2″ NPTF (B12-3-8P) Steel
Code Type
A8P 1/2″ NPTF (B12-3-A8P) Aluminum
10 6.9 - 69 Bar (100 - 1000 PSI) 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-3-12P) Steel
Standard Setting:
34.5 Bar (500 PSI) A12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-3-A12P) Aluminum
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
6T SAE-6 (B12-3-6T) Steel
20 6.9 - 138 Bar (100 - 2000 PSI)
Standard Setting: A6T SAE-6 (B12-3-A6T) Aluminum
69 Bar (1000 PSI) 8T SAE-8 (B12-3-8T) Steel
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
A8T SAE-8 (B12-3-A8T) Aluminum
30 6.9 - 207 Bar (100 - 3000 PSI)
Standard Setting: 6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-3-6B) Steel
103.5 Bar (1500 PSI)
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM) A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-3-A6B) Aluminum
50 6.9 - 345 Bar (100 - 5000 PSI) 8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-3-8B) Steel
Standard Setting: A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-3-A8B) Aluminum
172.4 Bar (2500 PSI)
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM) 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-3-12B) Steel
A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-3-A12B) Aluminum
NOTE:
If system pressure does not exceed 210 Bar
(3000 PSI), aluminum bodies can be used.
Higher pressures require steel bodies.
SERVICE PARTS
Knob Option: 852526 & 852527
(To convert screw adjust to knob adjust)
Shipping Weight
Nitrile Seal Kit: SK12-3
Cartridge Only .27 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK12-3V Cartridge in Body 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs.)
prh122.pm6.5, bl, ll
General Description
The RAH161 Series, Pilot Operated, Spool-Type Relief
Valves are suited for continuous duty applications and
are primarily used to limit main system pressure.
In Out
(1) (2)
Operation
When inlet pressure exceeds the valve setting, the
pilot section opens. This pilot flow creates a pressure
imbalance across the main section causing the valve
to open, permitting relief flow to tank.
Mounting No restrictions
rah161.pm6.5, bl, lk
Cartridge In Body
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
Cartridge In Body
0.8
(.03)
Max.
2
24.6
(.97)
57.1
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1 4.4 R.
(.17)
8.7 Typ.
(.34)
Typ.
45.3 22.2
(1.78) (.88)
65.1 5.5 44.4
(2.56) (.22) (1.75)
76.2
(3.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
rah161.pm6.5, bl, lk
RAH 16 1
5000 PSI Size Style Adjustment Pressure Optional Seals Body
Design Style Range Pressure Option
Pilot Setting
Operated
Relief Valve
Code Style
30 6.9 - 207 Bar (100 - 3000 PSI) 16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-16B) Steel
Standard Setting: A16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-A16B) Aluminum
103.5 Bar (1500 PSI)
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM) NOTE:
If system pressure does not exceed 210 Bar
50 6.9 - 345 Bar (100 - 5000 PSI) (3000 PSI), aluminum bodies can be used.
Standard Setting: Higher pressures require steel bodies.
172.4 Bar (2500 PSI)
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM)
SERVICE PARTS
Knob Option: 852526 & 852527
(To convert screw adjust to knob adjust)
Shipping Weight
Nitrile Seal Kit: SK16-2
Cartridge Only 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs.)
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK16-2V Cartridge in Body 2.4 kg (5.3 lbs.)
rah161.pm6.5, bl, lk
: Never tighten the locking bolts before shaft installation, since the
inner ring of the Shrink Disc as well as the hollow shaft can be permanently
deformed, even at low tightening torques. See Pages 2 - 4 for shaft
dimensions, tolerances and recommendations.
1) Remove the protective cover from the reducer’s shrink disc assembly
(see Figure 1).
2) Carefully clean away any lubrication from the hollow shaft bore and the
driven solid shaft (see Figure 1). This step is very important, since lubrication
between the hollow shaft and the solid shaft in the load transmitting area will
greatly affect the torque transmitting capability of the Shrink Disc
connection. A thin coat of lubricant can be applied to the solid shaft opposite
the load carrying end. This will aid in shaft removal.
3) Slip the reducer over the driven solid shaft. Checking the position of
Shrink Disc on the hollow shaft, hand tighten 3 or 4 equally spaced locking
bolts and make sure that the outer collars of Shrink Disc are in a parallel
position. Hand tighten the rest of the locking bolts.
4) Use a torque wrench and equally tighten all the locking bolts one after
another in a clockwise sequence (see Figure 2, the actual number of locking
bolts varies from 4 to 15), by approximately 1/4 turn (even if initially some
bolts require a low tightening torque) until the specified tightening torque TB
is reached (see Page 4).
Note: To compensate for setting of bolts adjacent to a bolt just being torqued, Figure 2. Tightening Sequence
a tightening torque approximately 5% higher than specified is recommended
for the final round.
5) Reset the torque wrench and make sure that no locking bolt will turn at
the specified tightening torque TB.
Note: It is not necessary to check the tightening torque again after installation
is completed or the equipment has been in operation.
U U UF U UG UF
VS VT VS VT
V V V V
UA UA UA UH
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
inch
Dimensions are
mm
Gearcase Customer Solid Shaft
Type Std. Output Hollow Shaft w/Alt. Bushing Dia. (Fig. 2)
EH U UF VQ VR UA VS VT UG UH
KH37 5.75 1.18110 +.00083 1.77 1.22 0.79 1.18110 +0 1.42 0.98
-0 -0.00051
FH37 +.021 -0
Not an available option
Std. Fig. 1 146 30 -0 45 31 20 30 -0.013 36 25
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH47 6.97 1.37795 1.97 1.26 0.79 1.37795 1.46 0.98 1.41732 1.41732
-0 -0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH47 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 177 35 -0 50 32 20 35 -0.016 37 25 36 -0 36 -0.016
+0.00098 +0.00098
KH57 7.68 1.57480 2.17 1.02 0.79 1.57480 1.22 0.98
-0 -0
FH57 Not an available option
195 40 +0.025 55 26 20 40 +0.025 31 25
Std. Fig. 1 -0 -0
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH67 8.19 1.57480 2.17 1.50 0.79 1.57480 1.69 0.98 1.65354 1.65354
-0 - 0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH67 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 208 40 -0 55 38 20 40 - 0.016 43 25 42 -0 42 -0.016
+0.00098 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH77 9.49 1.96850 2.76 1.42 1.18 1.96850 1.61 1.38 2.04724 2.04724
-0 - 0.00063 -0 - 0.00075
FH77 +0.025 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 241 50 -0 70 36 30 50 - 0.016 41 35 52 -0 52 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH87 11.06 2.55906 3.35 1.61 1.57 2.55906 1.81 1.77 2.59843 2.59843
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH87 +0.030 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 281 65 -0 85 41 40 65 - 0.019 46 45 66 -0 66 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH97 13.58 2.95276 3.74 2.17 1.97 2.95276 2.36 2.17 2.99213 2.99213
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH97 +0.030 +0 - 0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 345 75 -0 95 55 50 75 - 0.019 60 55 76 -0 76 - 0.019
+0.00138 +0
KH107 15.94 3.74016 4.53 2.52 2.36 3.74016 2.95 2.76 Contact the nearest SEW-Eurodrive
-0 - 0.00087
FH107 +0.035 +0
facility for optional hollowshaft
Std. Fig. 1 405 95 -0 118 65 60 95 - 0.022 75 70 Information.
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
KH127 19.09 4.13386 5.31 3.35 2.76 4.13386 3.74 3.15 4.17323 4.17323
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
FH127 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Std. Fig. 1 485 105 -0 135 85 70 105 - 0.022 95 80 106 -0 106 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
KH157 22.83 4.92126 6.10 3.54 3.15 4.92126 3.94 3.54 4.96063 4.96063
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
FH157 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Std. Fig. 1 580 125 -0 155 90 80 125 -0.025 100 90 126 -0 126 -0.025
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
27.56 4.33071 5.83 4.33 3.15 4.33071 4.72 3.54 4.40945 4.40945
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
KH166 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Fig. 2 Only 700 110 -0 148 110 80 110 - 0.022 120 90 112 -0 112 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
31.10 5.31496 7.09 4.92 3.54 5.31496 5.31 3.94 5.51181 5.51181
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
KH186 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Fig. 2 Only 790 135 -0 180 125 90 135 - 0.025 135 100 140 -0 140 -0.025
2
Helical-Worm Shrink Disc Hollowshaft
and Recommended Customer Solid Shaft
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT
inch
Dimensions are
mm
3
Shrink Disc Connection
3)
TB = Required bolt tightening torque.
Printed in USA 4 1202
ÚÔË×Ü ÔÛÊÛÔ ÙßËÙÛÍ
ÔÙ Í»®·»- r
Þ Ù ß
Ý Ø Ü
Þ±´¬ Ý»²¬»®
ﮬ Ò±ò ß Þ Ý Ü Û Ì±´»®¿²½» Ú Ù Þ±´¬ Ø
ÔÙóí ·²ò íòðð ìòïé ïòðê ðòêí ðòìî oðòðî ðòéï ïòíï Óïð¨ïòë ðòèí
³³ò éê ïðê îé ïê ïð oðòë ïè ííòì ݱ¿®-» îï
ÔÙóë ·²ò ëòðð êòíì ïòîî ðòéï ðòìé oðòðî ðòçð îòçï Óïî¨ïòéë ðòçð
³³ò ïîé ïêï íï ïè ïî oðòë îí éì ݱ¿®-» îí
ÔÙóïð ·²ò ïðòðð ïïòìî ïòíè ðòéï ðòìé õðòðì ñ óðòðî ïòðî éòêð Óïî¨ïòéë ðòèë
³³ò îëì îçð íë ïè ïîV õïòð ñ óðòë îê ïçí ݱ¿®-» îî
ײ-¬¿´´¿¬·±²æ Ì·¹¸¬»² ²«¬- ±² ¾±´¬- ¬± ¬¸» °±·²¬ ©¸»®» ²«¬- ¿®» -²«¹
¿¹¿·²-¬ ¾«-¸·²¹-ò ß°°´§ ±²» ¼®±° ±º ¬¸®»¿¼ ´±½µ ¬± ´¿-¬ »¨°±-»¼
¬¸®»¿¼ ¿¬ »²¼ ±º ¾±´¬-ò Ó±«²¬ ±² ¬¿²µ ¿²¼ ¬·¹¸¬»² ¬± é º¬ò ´¾-ò
øÜÑ ÒÑÌ ÑÊÛÎóÌ×ÙØÌÛÒ÷ò
Ñ®¼»®·²¹ ײº±®³¿¬·±²
ÔÙ Š í Ì ö
Operation
Normally Closed
The valve pilot is held on its seat by spring force, In (2)
dsh121.pm6.5, bl, ll
Performance Curves
Pressure Drop vs. Flow (Through cartridge only)
360 25 360 25
ut
-In
DSH121NR
Pressure Drop (∆P)
-O
t
Ou
In
300 21 300 21
-In
-In DSH121CH
t-I
ut
ut
Ou
DSH121CHR
O
240 17 O 240 17
DSH121N En.
DSH121NR En.
160 11 160 11
DSH121C t
-Ou
t Ou
In DSH121CR In-
80 6 80 6
DSH121N
DSH121NR
0 0
LPM 26 53 80 106 132 LPM 26 53 80 106 132
0 0
GPM 7 14 21 28 35 GPM 7 14 21 28 35
Flow (Q) Flow (Q)
Watts 20 20 20 20 20
Response Time DSH121C & DSH121CH & DSH121N & Wire “H” for all
(at nominal flow, DSH121CR DSH121CHR DSH121NR Class voltages
5000 PSI) (Normally Closed) (N.C. Fast Res.) (Normally Open)
A.C. Integral full
Open 100ms 60ms 150ms Rectifiers wave bridge
dsh121.pm6.5, bl, ll
Cartridge Only
48.9 37.3 (1.47)
(1.93)
See Coil
Information
2.9 For Terminal 17.0 (.67)
(.12) Connectors N.O. M.O.
11.6 11.6
121.7 (.46)
(.46)
107.6 (4.79)
(4.24)
Cartridge In Body
23.0
(.91)
0.8 (.03)
Max.
57.2
2 (2.25)
8.7 76.2
(.34) (3.00)
4.4 R.
(.17)
65.1 19.1
(2.56) (.75)
76.2 38.1
(3.00) (1.50)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
dsh121.pm6.5, bl, ll
DSH 12 1
Solenoid Size Poppet Style Override Seals Coil Coil Coil Body
Valve Type Option Voltage Wattage Termination Option
Code Type
Code Type
Code Style Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon Omit Cartridge
12 1-1/16″ - 12UNF-2B without Coil
L 20 Watt
NR Normally Open, Out (1) D024 24 VDC 6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-6P) Steel
Full reverse flow. A120 120/110 VAC, 60/50 Hz A6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-A6P) Aluminum
In (2) A240 240/220 VAC, 60/50 Hz 8P 1/2″ NPTF (B12-2-8P) Steel
A8P 1/2″ NPTF (B12-2-A8P) Aluminum
SERVICE PARTS 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-2-12P) Steel
A12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-2-A12P) Aluminum
Coil Size Coil Wattage Coil Termination Coil Voltage
6T SAE-6 (B12-2-6T) Steel
Code Size Code Type
S10 5/8″ I.D. L 20 Watts A6T SAE-6 (B12-2-A6T) Aluminum
SW10 5/8″ I.D. 8T SAE-8 (B12-2-8T) Steel
Code Description Code Description
DIN Connector: C Conduit D010 10 VDC A8T SAE-8 (B12-2-A8T) Aluminum
See Coil Data Sheet
D DIN 43650 D012 12 VDC
Coil Nut: 12T SAE-12 (B12-2-12T) Steel
P Double Spade D024 24 VDC
DSH121C, CR, CH — 118127-00
DSH121N, NR — 118113-00 S Double Screw A120 120 VAC A12T SAE-12 (B12-2-A12T) Aluminum
W Double Wire A240 240 VAC
Nitrile Seal Kit: 6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-6B) Steel
DSH121 — SK12-2 WP Waterproof
Double Wire
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-A6B) Aluminum
DSH121 — SK12-2V Notes: See Series 12 Coil Data Sheet.
For other coil voltages and terminations, consult factory. 8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-8B) Steel
S10 Coil applies to all terminations except WP.
SW10 Coil applies to WP termination only. A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-A8B) Aluminum
Shipping Weight NOTE: If system pressure does 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-12B) Steel
not exceed 210 Bar (3000 PSI),
Cartridge Only .50 kg (1.1 lbs.) aluminum bodies can be used. A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-A12B) Aluminum
Cartridge in Body .95 kg (2.1 lbs.) Higher pressures require steel bodies.
dsh121.pm6.5, bl, ll
General Description
The CV041P Series, Ball-Type, Check Valves allow
free flow in one direction while preventing flow in the
reverse direction. They can be used to isolate portions In Out
(1) (2)
of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow path
around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
Pressure on the inlet of the check creates a force
against the ball, pushing it off its seat and permitting Outlet (2)
free flow. Reverse flow through the check is blocked
by the ball.
Inlet
(1)
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability
• Compact size for reduced space requirements
• Low leakage design
Performance Curve
• Fully guided ball for smooth operation
Flow vs. Pressure Drop
(Through cartridge only)
Specifications PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
100 6.9
Maximum Flow 3.8 LPM (1.0 GPM)
Inlet Pressure
Mounting No Restrictions
cv041p.pm6.5, bl, lk
Operation
Normally Closed
In (2)
The valve pilot is held on its seat by spring force,
Out
blocking pilot flow. This allows pressure at the inlet to (1)
hold the poppet on its seat, thus, preventing flow
through the valve (inlet to outlet). When the coil is
energized, the valve pilot is pulled off its seat. This
vents pressure inside the poppet to the outlet port,
creating a pressure imbalance across the main poppet
which allows flow from the inlet to the outlet.
Normally Open
The valve pilot is held off of its seat by spring force.
Specifications
Pilot flow is vented to the outlet port, creating a Rated Flow DS161CH
pressure imbalance which moves the main poppet off (At 70 PSI ∆ P) 60 LPM (15 GPM)
it’s seat, allowing flow from the inlet to the outlet. When All other versions
the coil is energized, the valve pilot and main poppets 150 LPM (40 GPM)
are forced to close, thus blocking flow from the inlet to Maximum Inlet 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
the outlet. Pressure
Mounting No restrictions
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll
Performance Curves
Pressure Drop vs. Flow (Through cartridge only)
DS161N
125 9 125 9 DS161NR
In
t-In
In-Out
ut
t-
Pressure Drop (∆P)
Ou
Ou
In
100 7 100 7
In-
DS161CH DS161N
75 5 75 5 DS161NR
Out-In
DS161C & Energized
DS161CR
50 3 50 3
DS161NR
25 2 25 2 Out-In
De-Energized
0 0
LPM 38 77 115 154 192 LPM 38 77 115 154 192
0 0
GPM 10 20 30 40 50 GPM 10 20 30 40 50
Flow (Q) Flow (Q)
Duty STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD.
Watts 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 N/A
Amps 2.43 4.84 1.58 3.20 1.44 2.30 0.94 1.86 0.72 1.20 0.43 0.88 0.30 0.58 0.15 0.26 .075 .125 .038 N/A
Response Time DS161C & DS161N & Wire “H” for all
(at nominal flow, DS161CR DS161CH DSS161NR Class voltages
3000 PSI) (Normally Closed) (N.C. Fast Res.) (Normally Open)
A.C. Integral full
Open 50ms 40ms 45ms Rectifiers wave bridge
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll
Push & Twist Pull and Release Flush Rod Extended Rod
(N.C. Valves Only) (N.C. Valves Only) (N.O. Valves Only) (N.O. Valves Only)
Cartridge Only
40.6 8.3 19.8 (.78) 31.8
(1.60) (.33) N.O. M.O (1.25)
See Coil
Information
For Terminal
55.5 Connectors
(2.19) 100.0
10.6
(3.94)
(.42)
Ø 28.5
(1.12) Out (1)
Cartridge In Body
0.8
(.03)
Max.
2
57.2
(2.25) 24.6
76.2
(.97)
2 (3.00)
1
4.3 R.
8.7 (.17)
(.34)
30.9 22.2
(1.22) (.88)
65.1 5.5 44.5
(2.56) (.22) (1.75)
76.1
(3.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll
DS 16 1
Solenoid Size Poppet Style Override Seals Coil Coil Coil Body
Valve Type Option Voltage Wattage Termination Option
Code Type
Code Type
Code Style Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon Omit Cartridge
16 1-5/16″ - 12UNF-2B without Coil
L 17 Watt
Code Type H 30 Watt
Omit Without Manual Override
E Push Type Manual Override Code Description
Code Description with Extended Rod
(Normally Open Only) Omit Cartridge without Coil
C Normally Closed, Out (1)
M Push Type Manual Override C 1/2″ NPTF Conduit
Metered Connector with
reverse flow. with Flush Rod
(Normally Open Only) 24″ 18 AWG Wires
In (2)
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll